Service ServiceManualFLOWiv40 ServMan HiRes en

FLOW-i Anesthesia System
Service Manual
NOTES
66 76 980_05
CONTENTS
1. Important
2. Introduction
3. Description of functions
4. Disassembling and assembling
5. Service procedures
6. Troubleshooting
7. Preventive maintenance
8. Index
9. Revision history
10. Diagrams
66 76 980_05 01
NOTES
66 76 980_05
1. IMPORTANT
General
The information in this Service Manual is based on FLOW-i System version 4.0.
For information on previous System versions, refer to chapter Revision history, section
FLOW-i revision history.
Service documentation for the MAQUET FLOW-i Anesthesia System consists of:
User's Manual. The User's Manual is an indispensable complement to the Service Manual
for proper servicing.
Service Manual
Installation Instructions
Spare Parts information
Documentation for all optional equipment included in the FLOW-i Anesthesia System.
The FLOW-i Anesthesia System is referred to as the system throughout this manual.
The FLOW-i Users Manual is referred to as the Users Manual throughout this manual.
Serial number of the unit is found on a label attached by the mains power inlet.
System software version number can be found in the Status window on the Control panel.
Make sure that the version of the User's Manual corresponds to the System version.
Text inside a box is used to highlight important information.
In addition to the Important information given here and in the related documents (e. g. in the
User's Manual), always pay attention to applicable local and national regulations.
Responsibility for the safe functioning of the equipment reverts to the owner or user in all
cases in which service or repair has been done by a non-professional or by persons who are
not employed by or authorized by MAQUET, and when the equipment is used for other than
its intended purpose.
WARNING! Do not modify this equipment without authorization of the

manufacturer.
66 76 980_05 11
1. IMPORTANT
Symbols used in this manual

ESD sensitive components. When handling ESD-sensitive devices, established
procedures must be observed to prevent damage.
Special waste. This product contains electronic and electrical components. Discard
disposable, replaced and left-over parts in accordance with appropriate industrial
and environmental standards.
Recycling. Worn-out batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly in

accordance with appropriate industrial and environmental standards.
WARNING! Indicates critical information about a potential serious outcome to the

patient or the user.
CAUTION: Indicates instructions that must be followed in order to ensure the

proper operation of the equipment.
Technical training. Refers to the Technical training supplied by MAQUET.
Service contract. Refers to the Service contract supplied by MAQUET.
Hazard notices
Before disassembling or assembling, make sure that:
All gas conveying parts are cleaned according to instructions in the User's Manual.
Gas supply is disconnected (central gas supply and backup gas supply).
Mains power cable is disconnected.
Power button is switched Off. If the Power button is switched On, the power backup battery
will supply power to all electrical components in the unit.
Note that PC 1900 Main back-plane, PC 1903 External connectors, PC 1923 Power control,
the Emergency ventilation switch and the Power button are energized by the power backup
battery also when the Power button is switched Off.
The power backup battery can be disconnected either by disconnecting the battery cables at
the battery terminals or by disconnecting the battery cables (Battery and Battery sense) at
PC 1903 External connectors.
WARNING! With gas supply connected to the system, there are pressurized
components inside the unit. All personnel must exercise extreme caution if fault
tracing or adjustments are performed with gas supply connected.
WARNING! With power supply connected to the system, there are energized
electrical components inside the unit. All personnel must exercise extreme caution
if fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power supply connected and with
covers removed.
66 76 980_05 12
1. IMPORTANT
Installation
Only personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET shall be permitted to install the
system. The installation and handing-over procedures are described in the
'Installation Instructions'.
System checkout
After any installation, maintenance or service intervention in the system, perform a 'System
checkout' and a Manual check of Emergency ventilation system according to instructions in
the User's Manual.
Service
The system must be serviced at regular intervals by personnel trained and
authorized by MAQUET. Any maintenance or service must be noted in a log book.
It is recommended that maintenance and service is done as a part of a service contract with
MAQUET.
For functionality enhancement, the latest released System software version is always
recommended.
Preventive maintenance of the system must be performed by personnel trained and
authorized by MAQUET at least once a year, or every 5000 hours of operation, whichever
comes first.
The power backup battery shall be replaced every three years.
The memory backup batteries on PC 1920, PC 1921 and PC 1922 shall be replaced every
five years.

Special waste. This product contains electronic and electrical components. Discard
disposable, replaced and left-over parts in accordance with appropriate industrial
ESD sensitive components. When working with ESD sensitive components,

always use a grounded wrist band and a grounded work surface. Adequate service
tools must always be used.
66 76 980_05 13
1. IMPORTANT
To the responsible service personnel

The contents of this document are not binding. If any significant difference is found between
the system and this document, please contact MAQUET for further information.
We reserve the right to modify products without amending this document or advising the user.
Only original spare parts from MAQUET must be used in the system.
The device complies with standards and requirements as stated in the User's Manual.
Only personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET shall be permitted to perform

installation, service or maintenance of the system.
ESD sensitive components. PC boards (spare parts) must always be kept in a

package for sensitive electronic devices. MAQUET will not otherwise assume
responsibility for the materials used, the work performed or any possible
consequences of same.
66 76 980_05 14
1. IMPORTANT
Environmental declaration
Purpose
This environmental declaration applies to FLOW-i basic unit.
Components with special environmental concern

Components listed below shall be disposed of in accordance with appropriate industrial and
environmental standards.
Printed circuit boards
PC 1781 Pressure transducer, 4 each
PC 1900 Main back-plane
PC 1903 External connectors
PC 1906 Gas block
PC 1907 Valve drivers
PC 1909 Vaporizer adapter
PC 1916 Cylinder pressure connection (Backup gas supply option)
PC 1917 Exp. channel cassette (in each patient cassette)
PC 1918 Exp. channel connector
PC 1919 Exp channel
PC 1920 Control
PC 1921 Monitoring
PC 1922 Panel
PC 1923 Power control
PC 1924 Display connection
PC 1925 Display CPU
PC 1927 O2 Flush
PC 1928 Power On/Off
PC 1938 Mains connection
Backlight inverter/PC 1963 Backlight inverter
Water trap detector
In each vaporizer:
PC 1910 Vaporizer controller board
PC 1911 Vaporizer connector
PC 1912 Vaporizer liquid detector
PC 1913 Vaporizer liquid level detector
PC 1914 Vaporizer spray LED
PC 1926 Vaporizer spray detector
PC 1931 Vaporizer lid sensor
66 76 980_05 15
1. IMPORTANT
Other electronics
Gas module, containing multiple PC boards, 4 each
Electromechanical valves (EMV), 14 each
Multigas analyzer (AION), 1 alt. 2 each
O2 sensor (Servomex), 1 alt. 2 each
Fresh gas safety valve pull magnet
Expiratory flow transducer (in each patient cassette)
APL/PEEP valve coil
LED lamp
AC/DC Converter, containing PC boards
Power backup battery (lead)
Memory backup battery (lithium), 3 each
Fan
TFT panel assembly including backlight
Touch screen (glass)
Power button
APL knob
MAN/AUTO switch
O2 Flush valve
Emergency ventilation switch
Lift (C30)
Auxiliary power outlets (option)
Isolation transformer (option)
Construction materials
The construction materials used in FLOW-i in % of the total weight.
Metal total 70%

Aluminum
Steel, zinc, brass, lead, copper, neodymium.
Polymeric material total 10%

ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene)
EPDM (Ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber )
FFKM (Perfluoroelastomer)
FKM (Fluoroelastomer)
NBR (Nitrile rubber)
PA (Polyamide)
PBT (Polybutylene terephthalate)
PC (Polycarbonate)
PEEK (Polyether ether ketone)
66 76 980_05 16
1. IMPORTANT
PE (Polyethylene)
PES (Polyethersulfone)
PET (Polyethylene terephtalate)
POM (Polyoxymethylene)
PP (Polypropylene)
PPSU (Polyphenylsulfon)
PS (Polystyrene)
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
PUR (Polyurethane)
PVC (Polyvinyl chloride)
PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride)
SBC (styrene-butadiene copolymer)
SEBS (Styrene Ethylene Butylene Styrene)
SI (Silicone)
TPE (Thermoplastic elastomer)
TPU (Thermoplastic polyurethane)
Electronics total 20%

Power backup battery (lead-acid)
Printed circuit boards, cables, etc.
Others very small amounts

Borosilicate glass
StabOx E-clay
Loctite threadlocker
Sterile filter paper of glass fiber.
Articles of consumption
Code Parts to be replaced Qty Interval
1 Water trap 1 Once a month or
according to hospital
routines.
2 Patient suction collection bag. Applicable only if 1 After each patient.
used during treatment.
3 Vacuum- and serial tubing used with the suction 1 After each patient.
module. Applicable only if used during treatment.
4 Gas sampling line (single use). 1 After each patient if no
other means has been
used at the Y-piece.
5 Exp. connection bacterial filter. 1 After each patient if no
other means has been
used at the Y-piece.
6 Heat and moisture exchanger. (HME) 1 After each patient.
66 76 980_05 17
1. IMPORTANT
7 Patient tubing 1 According to

manufacturers
instructions or hospital
routines.
8 Sensor and sampling filters 2 According to hospital
routines.
9 Suction unit bacterial/viral filter 1 Once every three
months, or according to
hospital routine. Replace
if contaminated.
10 CO2 absorber 1 When exhausted.
11 Gas Inlet Filters, O2, AIR, N2O - Central gas supply 3 12 months/5000 hours
12 O-ring in contact surface 8 12 months/5000 hours
13 Filter in Gas Module 4 12 months/5000 hours
14 Nozzle unit in Gas Module 4 12 months/5000 hours
15 O-ring in docking 4 12 months/5000 hours
16 Exp. Sample Filter Holder 1 12 months/5000 hours
17 Insp. Sample Filter Holder 1 12 months/5000 hours
18 Sampling Line Nafion (1 in systems without CGA) 1-2 12 months/5000 hours
19 Silicone gasket towards Safety Valve 2 12 months/5000 hours
20 Silicone gasket towards Reflector 2 12 months/5000 hours
21 Silicone gasket towards Sample Filter 1 12 months/5000 hours
22 Silicone gasket towards Sample Filter 4 12 months/5000 hours
23 Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve OV12 1 12 months/5000 hours
24 APL/PEEP Valve membrane 1 12 months/5000 hours
25 Manual Ventilation Valve membrane 1 12 months/5000 hours
26 Absorber valve 2 12 months/5000 hours
27 Reflector Socket Silicone Seal 2 12 months/5000 hours
28 EVAC silicone tube (angled tube) 1 12 months/5000 hours
29 Double Channel Plate 1 12 months/5000 hours
30 Mushroom valve 1 12 months/5000 hours
31 Oxygen Flow One-way Valve OV13 incl. O-ring 1 12 months/5000 hours
32 Dust Filter 1 12 months/5000 hours
33 Gas Inlet Filters, O2, AIR, N2O. Cylinder gas 3 12 months/5000 hours
supply (option).
34 Filter set for Yoke. Cylinder gas supply (option). 2 12 months/5000 hours
35 Seal for Yoke. Cylinder gas supply (option). 2 12 months/5000 hours
36 Power backup battery 1 3 years/15000 hours
37 Memory backup battery 3 5 years/25000 hours
38 Backlight lamp (not required in units with LED 2 6 years /30000 hours
Display)
Items 19 26: Must be replaced also on extra patient cassettes.
Items 27: Must be replaced also on extra reflector sockets.
66 76 980_05 18
1. IMPORTANT
Power consumption
The power consumption depends on the operating mode and system configuration. The values
listed below are calculated values for a 230 V system.
Operating mode and system configuration Power consumption Total power

added consumption
Off 23 VA
Standby 69 VA
No vaporizer heating.
No battery charging.
Operational mode with average settings. 83 VA
No anesthesia agent delivery.
Operational mode with average settings. 100 VA
Anesthesia agent delivery.
Operational heating of one vaporizer. Max. 85 VA 185 VA
(mean 25 VA) (mean 125 VA)
Preheating of a second, not selected Max. 30 VA 215 VA
vaporizer.
Max. power backup battery charging. Max. 130 VA 345 VA
Lift (C30 only) Max. 160 VA 505 VA
Patient monitor Max. 240 VA 745 VA
Auxiliary power outlets Max. 480 VA 1225 VA
Noise level
Operational mode with average settings: Approximately 45 dB (A).
66 76 980_05 19
NOTES
66 76 980_05
2. INTRODUCTION
Only personnel trained and authorized

by MAQUET shall be permitted to
2. Introduction
perform installation, service or General ................................................... 2-2
maintenance of FLOW-i.
Functional units ...................................... 2-3
Make sure to prepare the system
Electronic structure ................................. 2 - 19
properly before disassembling and
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard General ................................................ 2 - 19
notices' in chapter 'Important'.
CAN bus .............................................. 2 - 19
Any service or maintenance must be
noted in a log book. Electronic subsystems......................... 2 - 20
After any installation, maintenance or Electronic block diagram ..................... 2 - 22

service intervention in the system,
perform a 'System checkout' and a
Manual check of Emergency ventilation
system according to instructions in the
User's Manual.
This product contains electronic and
electrical components. Discard
disposable, replaced and left-over parts
in accordance with appropriate industrial
66 76 980_05 2-1
2. INTRODUCTION
General
The FLOW-i anesthesia system is available in different models:
C20
C30
C40
The following table shows the standard equipment for these different models (main
components):
C20 C30 C40
Working surface/writing table Height adjustable Ceiling pendant

Reading lamp Working surface/writing table Working surface/writing table
Two drawers, one lockable Reading lamp Reading lamp
Power backup battery for One lockable drawer One lockable drawer
approx. 90 minutes support
Power backup battery for Power backup battery for
(fully charged)
approx. 90 minutes support approx. 90 minutes support
Vertical shafts for optional (fully charged) (fully charged)
horizontal rails
Vertical shafts for optional Vertical shafts for optional
Four wheels with individual horizontal rails horizontal rails
locking brake
Four wheels with individual
locking brake
66 76 980_05 2-2
2. INTRODUCTION
Functional units
The system comprises the following basic parts:
1. Control panel
2. Patient monitor (option)
3. Breathing system
4. Vaporizer unit
5. Emergency ventilation system
6. External connections
66 76 980_05 2-3
2. INTRODUCTION
In this technical description, the system is divided into the following functional units (also refer to
the System Overview in chapter Diagrams):
1. Gas Distribution Section
1. Gas inlets and outlets (outlets plugged).
Contains gas inlet filters and one-way
valves OV1-OV6.
2. EVAC outlet connector.
3. PC 1906 Gas block (behind cover).
4. Reflector gas selector.
5. Gas module docking.
2. Drive Gas Supply Section

6. Connecting block. Contains the O2
reservoir and one-way valves OV7-OV8.
7. Drive gas block (rear).
8. Drive gas block (front). Contains pressure
regulators REG1-REG4, pressure test
points T1-T4 and safety valve SV3.
3. Gas Control Section

1. PC 1907 Valve drivers.
2. Pressure supply pilot valves EMV2EMV8.
Note that EMV3 System Checkout Pilot
Valve was not included in units with S/N
15002000. In these units, EMV3 must be
reinstalled prior to installation of System
version 3.0 (or above).
3. PC 1781 Expiratory pressure transducer.
Connected to PC 1907.
66 76 980_05 2-4
2. INTRODUCTION
4. Fresh gas supply

1. Fresh gas module O2.
2. Fresh gas module AIR.
3. Fresh gas module N2O.
4. Fresh gas connector muff.
5. Fresh gas to vaporizer pipe.
6. Fresh gas pressure transducer connector.
5. Vaporizer valve section

1. Vaporizer valve block.
2. Vaporizer pressure and scavenging valves
(EMV9-EMV12).
3. Fresh gas filter
4. Vaporizer docking pipe.
5. Double channel plate.
6. PC 1909 Vaporizer adapter.
66 76 980_05 2-5
2. INTRODUCTION
6. Vaporizer
1. Vaporizer docked in slot 1. Available
FLOW-i vaporizers are Isoflurane,
Sevoflurane and Desflurane.
2. Vaporizer inlet valve docking, slot 2.
3. Vaporizer outlet valve docking, slot 2.
7. Fresh gas safety valve

1. Fresh gas safety valve. Connects fresh gas
and reflector gas to the patient cassette.
8. Patient cassette
1. PC 1917 Exp. channel cassette.
2. Insp. valve cover.
3. Insp. sampling connectors.
4. Insp. patient tube connector.
5. Exp. valve cover.
6. Exp. sampling connectors.
7. Exp. patient tube connector.
8. Manual ventilation tube/bag connector.
66 76 980_05 2-6
2. INTRODUCTION
9. Patient cassette docking

1. Insp. sample filter holder.
2. PC 1918 Exp. channel connector.
3. Exp. sample filter holder.
The illustration shows a system without Insp.

Sampling line Nafion and with filter dummies in
the Insp. sample filter holder.
10. Gas analyzer section

1. Patient gas analyzer AION.
2. Patient O2 sensor.
The illustration shows a system without Control

gas analyzer CGA.
11. CO2 Absorber

1. CO2 absorber, disposable (single use).
2. CO2 absorber, reusable.
3. Absorber locking switch.
66 76 980_05 2-7
2. INTRODUCTION
12. Volume reflector

1. Volume reflector.
2. Reflector socket.
3. Reflector socket silicone seal.
13. Reflector gas supply

1. Reflector gas module.
2. Reflector gas tubing.
66 76 980_05 2-8
2. INTRODUCTION
14. Manual ventilation section

1. Manual ventilation valve actuator.
15. Emergency manual ventilation section

1. Emergency APL pressure regulator REG5.
2. Oxygen flow.
3. Emergency ventilation switch.
4. Oxygen flow one-way valve OV13 and
oxygen flow filter.
5. APL bleed-flow device.
6. Oxygen connector block.
7. APL/PEEP valve coil.

8. Emergency APL actuator.
66 76 980_05 2-9
2. INTRODUCTION
16. System checkout

1. System checkout valve PV6
Note that System checkout valve PV6 was not
included in units with S/N 15002000. In these
units, PV6 must be reinstalled prior to
installation of System version 3.0 (or above).
17. EVAC
1. EVAC Indicator.
2. EVAC Reservoir.
3. EVAC connector to Expiratory outlet on
patient cassette and Fresh gas safety valve
SV1. Also connected to the System
checkout valve PV6.
4. Connector to EVAC outlet.
5. Connector to Drive gas safety valve SV3.
18. Control panel

1. Control panel. Contains PC 1924 Display
connection and PC 1925 Display CPU.
There are two versions of the
Display/Touch Panel:
Version A with Backlight lamps driven by
the Backlight inverter.
Version B with LEDs driven by PC 1963
Backlight inverter.
66 76 980_05 2 - 10
2. INTRODUCTION
19. Power section

1. AC/DC power inlet.
2. PC 1903 External connectors (behind cover
plate).
3. AC/DC Converter.
4. Power backup battery.
5. Fan 1 (located below the CO2 Absorber).
6. PC 1923 Power control (located in the PC
board rack).
66 76 980_05 2 - 11
2. INTRODUCTION
20. Power connection

1. Mains power inlet.
2. PC 1938 Mains connection.
3. Isolation transformer fuse.
21. Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC boards

1. PC 1927 O2 Flush.
2. O2 Flush button.
3. PC 1928 Power On/Off.
4. Power button.
66 76 980_05 2 - 12
2. INTRODUCTION
2225. PC board rack

1. PC 1919 Exp. channel.
2. PC 1920 Control.
3. PC 1921 Monitoring.
4. PC 1922 Panel.
5. PC 1923 Power control (included in Power
section).
6. PC 1781 (I) Insp. pressure transducer.
7. Patient cassette docking cable connector.
8. PC 1781 (F) Fresh gas pressure
transducer.
26. PC 1900 Main back-plane

1. PC 1900 Main back-plane.
27. Lift (C30 only)

1. The electric lift is built into the column on
the C30 units.
66 76 980_05 2 - 13
2. INTRODUCTION
28. AFGO (option)

Additional Fresh Gas Outlet (AFGO) is an
option to the anesthesia system that allows use
of an external partial rebreathing system.
1. AFGO (Additional Fresh Gas Outlet) valve.
Required for the AFGO option.
2. The Additional Fresh Gas Outlet is a
standard 22 mm cone.
Installation of the AFGO software option is
required to enable AFGO.
66 76 980_05 2 - 14
2. INTRODUCTION
29. Auxiliary power outlets (option)

1. Auxiliary power outlet fuse.
2. Patient monitor fuse.
3. Auxiliary power outlets.
Isolation transformer is included in the Auxiliary
power outlets option.
30. Isolation transformer (option)

4. Isolation transformer (inside battery
compartment).
5. Transformer Switching Relay.
Isolation transformer is included in the Auxiliary
power outlets option.
66 76 980_05 2 - 15
2. INTRODUCTION
31. Auxiliary O2 and suction module

(option)
The Auxiliary O2 and suction module can be
divided in two subunits:
1. Auxiliary O2 unit.
2. Suction unit.
32. Backup gas trolley and Backup gas rack

(option)
The Backup gas trolley and the Backup gas
rack have the same function, i.e. holder for two
gas cylinders; O2 and AIR or N2O.
The cylinder gas is connected (via hoses) to
the cylinder gas inlets on the gas connection
block.
The gas cylinder pressure transducers are
connected to PC 1903 External connectors
with a cable.
Backup gas trolley
Backup gas rack
66 76 980_05 2 - 16
2. INTRODUCTION
33. Backup gas holder (option)

Backup gas holder for one gas cylinder.
The cylinder gas is connected (via hoses) to
the cylinder gas inlets on the gas connection
block.
The gas cylinder pressure transducers are
connected to PC 1903 External connectors
with a cable.
34. Patient monitor mountings (option)

The system can be equipped with a Patient
Monitor. MAQUET supplies optional
mechanical mounting kits for a number of
Patient Monitors from different medical device
suppliers.
66 76 980_05 2 - 17
2. INTRODUCTION
Optional equipment
A number of equipment options, not described above, can be added to the system:
Pendant mounting kits (C40 only)
Adapter kit (mounting for Backup gas holder and Additional arm)
Adjustable arm for patient monitor parameter modules
Top shelf
Universal bracket for C20
Universal bracket for C20, right side
Universal bracket for C30
Side rails for hanging accessories
Additional arm
Additional table
Manual breathing bag support arm (flexible or rigid)
Cable support arm
Rear handle for carrier.
Drawers.
Vaporizer holder.
EVAC restrictor.
66 76 980_05 2 - 18
2. INTRODUCTION
Electronic structure
General
The system is divided into several sub-systems, where different software is executing on
different computer nodes (PC boards). The main functional sub-systems are:
Control / PC 1920 Control
Expiratory Flowmeter / PC 1919 Exp. Channel
Monitoring / PC 1921 Monitoring
Panel / PC 1922 Panel
The communication link between these nodes is a CAN-bus.
The system software can be installed from a USB memory stick. Separation of the software sub-
systems is handled by the installation program.
CAN bus
Internal communication via CAN bus protocol (CAN = Controller Area Network). The CAN bus is
a simple two-wire differential serial bus system. In the system configuration, the bus bandwidth
is 500 kbit/sec.
66 76 980_05 2 - 19
2. INTRODUCTION
Electronic subsystems
Expiratory Flowmeter
The Expiratory Flowmeter sub-systems main responsibility is the flow measurement and Patient
Cassette handling.
Exp. Flow System: Responsibility for the flow measurement performed by the Expiratory Flow
Transducer in the Patient Cassette.
Patient Cassette: Responsibility for Patient Cassette handling.
Control
The Control sub-systems main responsibility is the patient treatment, i.e. how to regulate the
inspiratory and expiratory gas flow.
Breathing: Responsible for all modes of ventilation and delivery of anesthetic agents and gas
mixtures.
Ventilator Settings: Responsible for all ventilator settings.
Persistent Storage: Maintain a persistent data storage area used to save parameter settings.
Metrics: Contains several metrics for various types of information.
System Settings: Responsible for some of the system settings, e.g. storing default patient
category and default mode of ventilation. The system settings will be stored in persistent
memory.
Future Enhancements: Platform for future enhancements and options regarding patient
treatment.
Monitoring
The Monitoring sub-systems main responsibility is the alarm and monitoring functions.
Alarms: Responsible for detecting and handling alarm situations.
Metrics: Responsible for monitoring the system behavior.
Persistent Storage: Maintain a persistent data storage area to save Alarm settings.
Internal Network Supervision: CAN bus-master responsible for connection of all nodes in the
system and supervision of the CAN network.
System Settings: Responsible for some of the system settings, e.g. default alarm limits.
Supervision of anesthesia delivery: Responsible for supervision of the anesthetic agent
concentration.
Optional functions: Responsible for optional functionality in the system. An option is marked in
the backplane EEPROM and can enable functions such as a ventilation mode or other features.
Future Enhancements: Platform for future enhancements and options regarding monitoring
and alarm functions.
66 76 980_05 2 - 20
2. INTRODUCTION
Panel
The Panel sub-systems main responsibility is to give the user the possibility to interact with the
system.
Presentation and Modification of Ventilator Settings: Responsible for implementing
mechanisms to let the users modify the ventilator and anesthesia settings, as well as displaying
the ventilator and anesthesia settings to the user.
Presentation of Real-Time Metrics: Responsible for presentation of real-time metrics
generated from measurements in the Monitoring sub-system.
Presentation of Alarms: Responsible for presentation of alarms generated by the Monitoring
sub-system.
Drawing Primitives and Fonts: Will use its own graphics library that includes functions such as
draw line, draw text and draw circle.
Persistent Storage: Maintain a persistent data storage area to save Log data.
Event Logging: Responsible to maintain an Event log. Some of the information in the log will
be generated by the other sub-systems. Date and time will always be stored together with the
events. Typical events saved in the log are:
Alarm activations
Alarm limit changes
Apnea periods
Activation of System checkout
Changes in ventilator settings
Activation of immediate functions, e.g. O2 Flush
System Diagnostics Logging: Responsible to maintain a system Diagnostics log. The
Diagnostic log is divided into four different logs and generated from all sub-systems. Date and
time will always be stored together with the events as well as some identifier of the sub-system
generating the event. Typical events saved in the logs are:
1. Technical Log:
Details about technical alarms.
2. Test Result Log:
System checkout results.
Individual test results.
Calibration results.
3. Service Log:
Service notes created by the service technician.
Calibration results.
4. Installation Log:
Installation version history.
FCI protocol: Responsible for the external communication protocol FCI (FLOW-i
Communication Interface).
Future Enhancements: Platform for future enhancements and options regarding user data
input and output.
66 76 980_05 2 - 21
2. INTRODUCTION
Electronic block diagram
66 76 980_05 2 - 22
3. DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONS

3. Description of
perform installation, service or functions
maintenance of FLOW-i. 0. General ............................................... 3-2
Make sure to prepare the system 1. Gas distribution section ...................... 3-4
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard 2. Drive gas supply section .................... 3-7
notices' in chapter 'Important'. 3. Gas control section ............................. 3 - 10
Any service or maintenance must be 4. Fresh gas supply ................................ 3 - 14
noted in a log book.
5. Vaporizer valve section ...................... 3 - 17
After any installation, maintenance or
service intervention in the system, 6. Vaporizer ............................................ 3 - 22
perform a 'System checkout' and a 7. Safety valve ........................................ 3 - 28
system according to instructions in the 8. Patient cassette .................................. 3 - 30
User's Manual. 9. Patient cassette docking .................... 3 - 34
This product contains electronic and 10. Gas analyzer section ........................ 3 - 36
11. CO2 Absorber................................... 3 - 43
in accordance with appropriate industrial 12. Volume reflector ............................... 3 - 45
13. Reflector gas supply ......................... 3 - 47
14. Manual ventilation section ................ 3 - 50
15. Emergency manual
ventilation section ............................. 3 - 51
16. System checkout .............................. 3 - 55
17. EVAC ................................................ 3 - 57
18. Control panel .................................... 3 - 59
19. Power section ................................... 3 - 62
20. Power connection ............................. 3 - 66
21. Power On/Off and
Vaporizer PC boards ........................ 3 - 68
22. PC 1919 Exp. channel ...................... 3 - 70
23. PC 1920 Control ............................... 3 - 72
24. PC 1921 Monitoring .......................... 3 - 73
25. PC 1922 Panel ................................. 3 - 74
26. PC 1900 Main back-plane ................ 3 - 76
27. Lift ..................................................... 3 - 77
28. AFGO ............................................... 3 - 78
29. Auxiliary power outlets ..................... 3 - 80
30. Isolation transformer ......................... 3 - 81
31. Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module ..... 3 - 82
32. Backup gas trolley/Backup gas rack 3 - 84
33. Backup gas holder ............................ 3 - 86
34. Patient monitor mountings ................ 3 - 88
66 76 980_05 3-1
0. General
About this chapter
This text refers to the System Overview diagram in chapter 'Diagrams'.
Memory types used in FLOW-i

There are four different types of memories used in FLOW-i:
Flash memory used for:
System software storage. Present on PC 1919, PC 1920, PC 1921, PC 1922, PC 1923 and
PC 1925. The System software can be re-installed/updated by a System software
installation.
Vaporizer software storage. Present on PC 1910. The Vaporizer software is part of the
System software. From System version 3.0, the Vaporizer software will be installed in
connected Vaporizers and also copied to the CompactFlash card on PC 1922 during
System software installation. The Vaporizer software can then be re-installed/updated either
by a System software installation or by a separate Vaporizer software installation.
For PC board information, configuration, calibration data, etc. Present on PC 1910, PC 1923
and PC 1925
RAM: For temporary storage of software and data. Present on PC 1910, PC 1919, PC 1920,
PC 1921, PC 1922, PC 1923 and PC 1925.
Non-volatile memory: RAM with memory battery backup. For settings, trends and logs.
Present on PC 1920, PC 1921 and PC 1922.
EEPROM: For PC board information, configuration, calibration data, etc. Present on PC 1900,
PC 1903, PC 1906, PC 1907, PC 1917, PC 1919, PC 1920, PC 1921, PC 1922 and PC 1927.
Pneumatic component abbreviations

There are a number of different pneumatic components used in the FLOW-i:
EMV: Electro Mechanical Valve. Pneumatic valve that will distribute gas flow or gas pressure
to different parts of the system. Controlled by an electric signal.
OV: One-way Valve. Valve that will allow gas flow only in one direction. Controlled by the gas
flow.
PP: Pneumatic Piston. Moving piston that actuates other components. Controlled by an EMV.
PV: Pneumatic Valve. Valve that will route fresh gas or expiratory gas through the system.
Controlled by an EMV or a PP.
REG: Pressure Regulator. REG15 will reduce the gas pressure to a preset value. Factory
preset or manually adjusted using a manometer connected to the regulator test points T1T4.
REG5 is adjusted by the Mechanical APL knob to set the APL.
SV: Safety Valve. Valve that will open and release the gas pressure at a preset value. Factory
preset.
T: Pressure Test point. Gas outlet connector to be used during manual adjustment of a
pressure regulator REG14.
VI: Vaporizer Injector. Valve in the vaporizer that will inject anesthetic agent into the fresh gas.
Controlled by an electric signal.
66 76 980_05 3-2
Pneumatic valves default position

The pneumatic valves default position in OFF and STANDBY are defined in the table below.
Note that the control signals to all EMV valves are indicated by LEDs on PC 1907. Refer to
section PC board LED indicators in chapter 6. Troubleshooting.
Valve ID Valve name Valve position
OFF STANDBY
1 Reflector Gas Module O2/Air Closed Closed
2 Fresh Gas Module O2 Closed Closed
3 Fresh Gas Module Air Closed Closed
4 Fresh Gas Module N2O Closed Closed
EMV2 Manual Ventilation Pilot Valve Closed Closed
1
EMV3 System Checkout Pilot Valve Closed Closed
EMV4 Vaporizer Bypass Pilot Valve Closed Open
EMV5 Vaporizer 2 Selection Pilot Valve Closed Closed
EMV6 Vaporizer 1 Selection Pilot Valve Closed Closed
EMV7 Vaporizer 1 Lock Pilot Valve Closed Closed
EMV8 Vaporizer 2 Lock Pilot Valve Closed Closed
EMV9 Vaporizer 1 Pressure Valve Closed Closed
EMV10 Vaporizer 1 Scavenging Valve Closed Closed
EMV11 Vaporizer 2 Pressure Valve Closed Closed
EMV12 Vaporizer 2 Scavenging Valve Closed Closed
2
EMV14 Control Gas Analyzer Outlet Valve Closed Closed
2
EMV16 Control Gas Analyzer Inlet Valve Closed Closed
EMV18 AFGO Pilot Valve Closed Closed
O2+ O2 Flush Closed Closed
PP1 Vaporizer 1 Locking Device Inactive Inactive
PP2 Vaporizer 2 Locking Device Inactive Inactive
PP3 Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator Inactive Inactive
1
PP4 System Checkout Valve Actuator Inactive Inactive
PV1 Vaporizer 1 Inlet valve Closed Closed
PV2 Vaporizer 1 Outlet valve Closed Closed
PV3 Vaporizer 2 Inlet valve Closed Closed
PV4 Vaporizer 2 Outlet valve Closed Closed
PV5 Vaporizer Bypass Valve Closed Open
1
PV6 System Checkout Valve Closed Closed
PV7 Additional Fresh Gas Outlet Valve Patient Cassette Patient Cassette
SV1 Fresh Gas Safety Valve Closed Closed
SV2 Vaporizer Safety Valve Closed Closed
- Emergency APL Actuator Inactive Inactive
- Manual Ventilation Valve Open Open
- APL/PEEP Valve Coil Inactive Inactive
- APL/PEEP Valve Open Open
1
Not included in units with S/N 15002000. Must be reinstalled prior to installation of System
2
For FLOW-i delivered from factory with System version 3.0 (or above), the Control Gas
Analyzer with its inlet and outlet valves EMV14 and EMV16 will not be included.
66 76 980_05 3-3
1. Gas Distribution Section

Gas supply from hospital central gas supply and/or from gas cylinders are connected to the Gas
Distribution Section.
The main functions are:
Three gas inlets to connect O2, AIR and N2O from the hospital central gas supply.
Three gas inlets to connect O2, AIR and N2O cylinder gas from the optional Backup Gas
Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder.
Two gas outlets to supply optional equipment with O2 and AIR.
PC 1906 Gas Block mounted on the block measures the hospital central gas supply
pressures.
Gas delivered to the Reflector Gas Supply section (O2 or AIR) is manually pre-selected by the
Reflector Gas Selector valve. The default setting is O2.
Gas outlet for connection of the AGS.
66 76 980_05 3-4
Gas Distribution Section with: 3. Reflector Gas Selector set to O2

1. PC 1906 Gas Block (behind cover plate)
2. Gas Module Docking
Gas inlets and outlet

The three central gas supply inlets O2, AIR and N2O are used to connect gas from the hospital
central gas supply system.
There are also three cylinder gas inlets for connection of the optional Backup Gas Trolley,
Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder. Backup gas inlets not in use should be plugged.
The design of the gas inlet connectors and the color marking varies according to different
national standards.
Each gas inlet channel, hospital central gas as well as cylinder gas, is equipped with Gas Inlet
Filters (5 Micron) and spring-loaded Gas Inlet One-way Valves, OV1 OV6. The filters and O-
rings must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
The O2 and AIR outlets are used to connect optional equipment that requires O2 or AIR supply.
The design of the gas outlet connectors and the color marking varies according to different
national standards.
The AGS gas outlet is intended for connection of an Anesthesia Gas Scavenging System. The
outlet dimension varies according to different national standards.
PC 1906 Gas Block

Three pressure transducers including amplifiers on this board measures the pressure in the
gases connected to the central gas supply inlets. There are no tube connections to the
transducers; the PC board is mounted firmly onto gas outlets in the metal block. The gas outlets
are equipped with seals to prevent leakage between the metal block and the PC board.
66 76 980_05 3-5
PC 1906 Gas Block is equipped with a temperature sensor (NTC resistor) to measure the
temperature at the Gas Distribution Section. The output signal is used for regulation of Fan 1.
Information from the ID/Status PROM is read by the system.
Reflector Gas Selector

The gas delivered to the Reflector Gas Module can be set to O2 or AIR. This is controlled by the
Reflector Gas Selector. The default setting is O2 and this setting must not be changed.
Gas Module Docking

The T-shaped metal block on the rear side of the Gas Distribution Section contains gas
channels for distribution of gas to the Gas Modules.
AGS
Outlet connector for an AGSS (Anesthetic Gas Scavenging System). The internal EVAC
system, connected to the AGS outlet, collects gases from the:
Expiratory Outlet (exhaust gas)
Fresh Gas Safety Valve SV1
Drive Gas Safety Valve SV3
Vaporizer Scavenging Valves EMV10/EMV12.
66 76 980_05 3-6

The main functions of the Drive Gas Supply Section are:
Supply Vaporizer Drive Gas at 120 kPa (O2 and/or AIR) to be used by the Vaporizers.
Supply Pilot Valve Drive Gas at 200 kPa (O2 and/or AIR) to be used by the Pressure Supply
Pilot Valves.
Supply Instant O2 at 200 kPa to be used by the O2 Flush Valve and the Emergency Manual
Ventilation Section.
Supply AIR to an optional equipment.
Supply O2 to an optional equipment.
1. REG1 4. REG4 7. T2/T3 10. OV8

2. REG2 5. SV3 8. T4
3. REG3 6. T1 9. OV7
66 76 980_05 3-7
Vaporizer Pressure Regulator

The Vaporizer Pressure Regulator REG1 regulates the pressure in the Vaporizer Drive Gas
delivered to the Vaporizer Pressure Valves. REG1 is supplied with gas at 200 kPa from
REG2/REG3, i.e. AIR and/or O2.
The output flow from REG1 at V1 is regulated to max. 10 l/min by a flow restrictor mounted at
the V1 connector. This is a safety feature in case of a major O2 leakage e.g. disconnected or
broken tubing.
The preset output pressure is 120 kPa 5 kPa. To check or adjust the pressure, connect the
Regulator Tester service tool to Pressure Test Point 1 (T1). This service tool will allow the
approx. 100 ml/min flow required during check/adjustment of the regulator.
REG1 must be checked during Preventive Maintenance.
Pilot Valve Pressure Regulators

The Pilot Valve Pressure Regulators REG2/REG3 regulates the pressure in the Pilot Valve
Drive Gas delivered to the Pressure Supply Pilot Valves. REG2 is supplied with AIR while REG3
is supplied with O2, both gases at gas inlet pressure from the Gas Inlets.
The O2 supply to REG3 is routed via a gas reservoir. The gas pressure built up in this reservoir
will assure drive gas supply from REG2/REG3 also in case of short pressure drops in the gases
delivered from the Gas Distribution Section.
REG2 and REG3 are connected to the same output channel. With this design, the gas with the
highest output pressure will automatically be used as Pilot Valve Drive Gas and drive gas will
still be supplied if one of the gases is lost. If the output pressure from REG2 and REG3 is the
same, a mix of AIR and O2 may be used as Pilot Valve Drive Gas.
The output from REG2/REG3 is also used to supply REG1.
The output flow from REG2/REG3 at PV1 is regulated to max. 10 l/min by a flow restrictor
mounted at the PV1 connector. This is a safety feature in case of a major O2 leakage e.g.
disconnected or broken tubing.
The preset output pressure is 200 kPa 10 kPa. To check or adjust the pressure, connect the
Regulator Tester service tool to Pressure Test Point 2/3 (T2/T3). This service tool will allow the
approx. 100 ml/min flow required during check/adjustment of the regulator. It is only possible to
check/adjust the output pressure on one gas at a time. Disconnect the other gas at the Gas Inlet
during this procedure.
REG2/REG3 must be checked during Preventive Maintenance.
Drive Gas One-way Valves

AIR from REG2 and O2 from REG3 are connected to the same output channel. To prevent
leakage between the two gases (backwards through the pressure regulators), the gas channels
are equipped with one-way valves:
O2 Drive Gas One-way Valve OV7
AIR Drive Gas One-way Valve OV8.
Drive Gas Safety Valve

The output channel from REG2/REG3 is equipped with a Drive Gas Safety Valve SV3. SV3 is
preset to open if the output pressure from REG2/REG3 exceeds 240 kPa 10 kPa.
The SV3 outlet is connected to the AGS outlet to evacuate gas released from SV3.
66 76 980_05 3-8
Instant O2 Supply Pressure Regulator

The Instant O2 Supply Pressure Regulator REG4 regulates the pressure in the O2 gas
delivered to the O2 Flush Valve and to the Emergency Manual Ventilation Section. REG4 is
supplied with O2 at gas inlet pressure from the Gas Inlets.
The preset pressure is 200 kPa 10 kPa. To check or adjust the pressure, connect the
Regulator Tester service tool to Pressure Test Point 4 (T4). This service tool will allow the
approx. 100 ml/min flow required during check/adjustment of the regulator.
REG4 must be checked during Preventive Maintenance.
Pressure Test Points

There are three Pressure Test Points intended for check/adjustment of REG1REG4:
T1 to check/adjust REG1 (120 kPa 5 kPa).
T2/T3 to check/adjust REG2 resp. REG3 (200 kPa 10 kPa). Check/adjust one regulator at a
time and disconnect the other gas at the Gas Inlet during this procedure.
T4 to check/adjust REG4 (200 kPa 10 kPa).
To check or adjust the pressure, connect the Regulator Tester service tool to the Pressure Test
Point. This service tool will allow the approx. 100 ml/min flow required during check/adjustment
of the regulator.
AIR and O2 Supply for optional equipment

There are two gas supply outputs to connect optional equipment to the Drive Gas Supply
Section; one for AIR and one for O2.
The AIR supply is used for optional equipment.
The O2 supply is intended for optional equipment.
These gases are not pressure regulated within the system; the gas supply pressure is equal to
the gas inlet pressure.
66 76 980_05 3-9
3. Gas Control Section

The main functions of the Gas Control Section are:
Control of different pneumatic valves and pistons in the unit via the Pressure Supply Pilot
Valves.
Electrically connect and control all electro-mechanical valves (EMV) in the unit.
Electrically connect the Absorber Sensor, the AFGO Pilot Valve, the Manual Ventilation switch
and the APL potentiometer.
Measure the expiratory pressure in the Patient Cassette.
Note: EMV3 is not included in units with S/N 15002000.

Must be reinstalled prior to installation of System version
3.0 (or above).
1. Pressure Supply Pilot Valves 4. Pressure Supply Pilot Valve output connectors
2. PC 1907 Valve Drivers
3. PC 1781 Exp Pressure Transducer
66 76 980_05 3 - 10
Pressure Supply Pilot Valves

The Pressure Supply Pilot Valves are mounted on the Vaporizer Valve Block.
The Pressure Supply Pilot Valves EMV2EMV8 are electrically controlled valves, all connected
to PC 1907 Valve Drivers.
The valves are supplied with gas at 200 kPa (O2 or AIR) from REG2/REG3 via the common
gas inlet PV2.
The valves are evacuated via a common gas outlet E1.
The valves are spring-loaded and will switch off the drive gas supply through the valve if not
activated.
The pneumatic valves and pistons connected to EMV2EMV8 will be de-pressurized via
EMV2EMV8.
The valves functions are:
EMV2 Manual Ventilation Pilot Valve Connected to the Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator
PP3. When the Manual ventilation switch is set to AUTO, EMV2 will open and supply pressure
to PP3. This will close the Manual Ventilation valve inside the Patient Cassette and disable
the Manual Ventilation Bag.
EMV3 System Checkout Pilot Valve Connected to the System Checkout Valve PV6 via gas
channel PP4. At System checkout, the Y-piece is connected to the System Checkout Valve
PV6. During leakage check, PV6 is closed, i.e. the Y-piece is plugged. During other parts of
the System checkout, EMV3 will open and supply pressure to PV6. This will open PV6 and
allow a Fresh Gas flow from the Patient Cassette inspiratory channel out to EVAC. With this
Fresh Gas flow, the gas in the inspiratory channel can be checked by the Patient Gas
Analyzer (type of gas, concentration of anesthetic agent, etc).
Note: From System version 3.0, the System checkout procedure was changed and the
System checkout valve function was reintroduced. Units with S/N 15002000 were
manufactured without the System Checkout Valve PV6 and the System Checkout Pilot Valve
EMV3. As the System checkout valve function is a prerequisite for System version 3.0 (or
above), these units must be retrofitted with PV6/EMV3 prior to installation of System version
3.0. All required parts are available in a spare parts kit.
EMV4 Vaporizer Bypass Pilot Valve Connected to the Vaporizer Bypass Valve PV5. As long
as no vaporizer is connected or connected vaporizer(s) is switched Off, EMV4 will be open
and supply pressure to PV5. This will keep PV5 open and allow Fresh Gas to pass through
the bypass channel inside the Vaporizer Valve Section. When an anesthetic agent is set and
accepted on a Vaporizer, EMV4 will close and thus close PV5 to disable the bypass channel.
EMV5 Vaporizer 2 Selection Pilot Valve Connected to the Vaporizer 2 Inlet Valve PV3 and
the Vaporizer 2 Outlet Valve PV4. When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on
Vaporizer 2, EMV5 will open and supply pressure to PV3/PV4. This will open PV3/PV4 and
allow Fresh Gas to pass through Vaporizer 2.
EMV6 Vaporizer 1 Selection Pilot Valve Connected to the Vaporizer 1 Inlet Valve PV1 and
the Vaporizer 1 Outlet Valve PV2. When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on
Vaporizer 1, EMV6 will open and supply pressure to PV1/PV2. This will open PV1/PV2 and
allow Fresh Gas to pass through Vaporizer 1.
EMV7 Vaporizer 1 Lock Pilot Valve Connected to the Vaporizer 1 Locking Device PP1.
When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted for Vaporizer 1, EMV7 will open and supply
pressure to PP1. This will push out the pneumatic piston in PP1 and lock the Vaporizer 1
release handle.
EMV8 Vaporizer 2 Lock Pilot Valve Connected to the Vaporizer 2 Locking Device PP2.
When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted for Vaporizer 2, EMV8 will open and supply
pressure to PP2. This will push out the pneumatic piston in PP2 and lock the Vaporizer 2
release handle.
66 76 980_05 3 - 11
PC 1907 Valve Drivers

The PC 1907 Valve Drivers is mounted on the Vaporizer Valve Block.
The main functions on PC 1907 Valve Drivers are:
Valve drivers for the Pressure Supply Pilot Valves EMV2-EMV8.
Valve driver for the AFGO Pilot Valve EMV18. EMV18 is included in the AFGO valve.
Valve drivers for the Vaporizer Pressure and Vaporizer Scavenging Valves EMV9-EMV12 (4
valves).
Valve drivers for the valves in the Sampling Valve Block EMV14 and EMV16.
Note: From System version 3.0, the valves EMV14 and EMV16 are disabled in systems with
CGA and not mounted in systems without CGA.
Connection and controlling of the:
Manual Ventilation switch
APL potentiometer
Absorber Sensor
Holder and electrical connector for PC 1781 (E) Expiratory Pressure Transducer.
PC 1907 Valve Drivers is equipped with two temperature sensors (NTC resistors) to measure
the temperature at the Gas Control Section. The output signals are used for regulation of Fan 1.
Green LEDs on PC 1907 indicates that a control signal to the concerned valve is enabled. The
LEDs are described in chapter Troubleshooting.
PC 1781 (E) Expiratory Pressure Transducer

PC 1781 Expiratory Pressure Transducer is mounted on and electrically connected to PC 1907
Valve Drivers. The transducer is pneumatically connected to the expiratory channel in the
Patient Cassette via a gas pressure tube.
The gas pressure, conveyed via the pressure tube, is led to and measured by its differential
pressure transducer. With differential reference to the ambient pressure, the output signal is
proportional to the measured pressure thus giving a linear measurement in the range -40
cmH2O to +140 cmH2O (inaccuracy 5% or 1 cmH2O).
Manual Ventilation switch

The MAN/AUTO ventilation switch is an electrical switch used to select manual or automatic
ventilation.
MAN setting will open the Manual Ventilation Valve and connect the Manual Ventilation Bag to
the breathing system. This setting will also connect the APL potentiometer to enable APL
regulation via the APL/PEEP Valve.
AUTO setting will close the Manual Ventilation Valve and disconnect the Manual Ventilation
Bag. The APL potentiometer will be disabled and the APL/PEEP Valve will be controlled via
the PEEP setting on the Control Panel.
There are two parallel contact blades in the switch. The output signals are compared to
determine switch position and to detect a possible malfunction in the switch.
66 76 980_05 3 - 12
APL potentiometer
The APL potentiometer is electrically controlling the APL (Adjustable Pressure Limit) regulation
of the APL/PEEP Valve. APL can be set between spontaneous breathing (fully open) and 80
cmH2O. When fully open, the internal resistance of the system is equal to approx. 2 cmH2O.
The APL potentiometer is enabled only during Manual Ventilation.
A calibration of the APL potentiometer is required e.g. after replacement. Refer to chapter
Service Procedures.
66 76 980_05 3 - 13
4. Fresh Gas Supply

Fresh Gas to Vaporizer is supplied from this section. The Fresh Gas Modules for O2, AIR and
N2O regulate the Fresh Gas flow and mixture. A pressure transducer is used to measure the
Fresh Gas pressure in order to regulate the Inspiratory pressure correctly (in cooperation with
the reflector gas module).
The section also contains the O2 Flush Valve.
1. Reflector Gas Module (part of

Reflector Gas Supply section)
2. Fresh Gas Module O2
3. Fresh Gas Module AIR
4. Fresh Gas Module N2O
Fresh Gas Modules

The three Fresh Gas Modules (24 in the illustrations above) are connected to the Gas Module
Docking. The Gas Module Docking contains gas channels for distribution of gas to the Fresh
Gas Modules.
The Fresh Gas Module supplies O2, AIR and N2O to the fresh gas. The gas mix and
concentration depends on settings on the Control Panel and availability of O2.
The gas modules are designed for:
Gas module 2: O2
Gas module 3: AIR
Gas module 4: N2O
The gas modules are provided with a mechanical key to prevent that the module is mounted in
the wrong slot. The key consists of a plastic guide mounted underneath the module and a
corresponding guide mounted in the gas module compartment.
66 76 980_05 3 - 14
1. Gas inlet
2. Filter
3. Temperature sensor
4. Supply pressure transducer
5. Flow transducer (Delta pressure transducer and net)
6. Nozzle unit with valve diaphragm
7. Solenoid
CAUTION: The Gas Modules are factory calibrated. The Gas Modules must not be
disassembled further than described in chapter 'Preventive Maintenance'.
Gas inlet
When the Gas Modules are mounted in the unit, the gas inlet channel in the filter cover
connects to the Gas Module Docking on the Gas Distribution Section.
The filter housing and the filter cover are provided with matching guide pins. These guide pins
prevent mounting of the filter cover (with gas inlet) on the wrong module.
Filter
The Filter protects the system from particles in the gas delivered to the Gas Modules. The filter
must be replaced during the 'Preventive Maintenance'.
Temperature sensor
The temperature of the supplied gas is measured by the Temperature Sensor. This sensor is
situated in the gas flow.
The output signal from this sensor is used to compensate for the gas density variations due to
temperature.
66 76 980_05 3 - 15
Supply pressure transducer

The pressure of the supplied gas is measured by the Supply Pressure Transducer.
The output signal from this transducer is amplified. It is then used to calculate the absolute
pressure of the gas to compensate for gas density variations due to pressure.
Flow transducer
The gas flows through a net (resistance) which causes a pressure drop. The pressure is
measured on both sides of this net and the differential pressure value is then amplified.
Nozzle unit
The plastic Nozzle Unit contains a valve diaphragm. The valve diaphragm, controlled by the
Solenoid, regulates the gas flow through the Gas Module.
The complete plastic nozzle unit must be replaced during the 'Preventive Maintenance'. After
replacement, allow the diaphragm to adapt to the valve seat by the spring tension during
approx. 10 minutes before gas pressure is connected to the Gas Module.
Solenoid
The gas flow through the Gas Module is regulated by the Solenoid via the Nozzle Unit. The
current supplied to the solenoid is regulated so that the Gas Module will deliver a gas flow
according to the settings on the Control Panel.
ID/Status PROM
Oscillation filter
The Oscillation filter is connected to the O2 Gas Module outlet. The mesh net inside the
Oscillation filter, and the volume of the container, will suppress flow variations caused by
oscillations in the O2 Gas Module.
O2 Flush Valve
The O2 Flush Valve (push-button marked O2+) is used to manually supply the fresh gas with an
additional O2 gas supply of minimum 40 l/min. This gas supply will not go through the vaporizer.
The O2 Flush gas supply will continue as long as the button is depressed.
The O2 Flush Valve is electrically connected to PC 1927 O2 Flush and the system detects if the
O2+ push-button is pressed. If so, ventilation continues without changes in the fresh gas
delivery; the anesthetic flow is not recalculated to adjust to the new higher flow and the
vaporizer continues to deliver the same anesthetic concentration.
If the O2 Flush button is pressed during automatic ventilation, the system will stop ventilation
and switch to expiration with maintained PEEP level. When the O2 Flush button is released,
ventilation will resume. If the button is stuck, or kept pressed, ventilation will automatically
resume after 60 s.
The O2 delivery from the O2 Flush Valve is not dependent on any electric function and
additional O2 can be supplied also in case of a power failure.
O2 with pressure regulated to 200 kPa by REG4 is delivered from the Drive Gas Supply Section
to the O2 Flush Valve.
66 76 980_05 3 - 16
5. Vaporizer Valve Section

Fresh Gas to Vaporizer is supplied to this section from Fresh Gas Supply. The Vaporizer Valve
Section delivers Fresh Gas either via one of the Vaporizers or through the Vaporizer Bypass
Valve.
The main functions are:
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Pressure Valves (EMV9 and EMV11), to pressurize the Vaporizer Liquid
Containers.
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Scavenging Valves (EMV10 and EMV12), to de-pressurize the Vaporizer
Liquid Containers.
Vaporizer 1 Inlet and Outlet Valves (PV1 and PV2), for fresh gas distribution via Vaporizer 1.
Vaporizer 2 Inlet and Outlet Valves (PV3 and PV4), for fresh gas distribution via Vaporizer 2.
Vaporizer Bypass Valve (PV5), for fresh gas distribution when the vaporizers are disabled.
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Locking Device (PP1 and PP2), to secure the vaporizer to the vaporizer slot
when the vaporizer is activated.
Vaporizer Adapter PC 1909, to electrically connect the vaporizers.
Vaporizer Valve Section
66 76 980_05 3 - 17
Vaporizer Valve Section Gas flow with Vaporizer 1 active
66 76 980_05 3 - 18
Vaporizer valve block
1. EMV9 Vaporizer 1 pressure valve 6. PV2 Vaporizer 1 outlet valve

2. EMV10 Vaporizer 1 scavenging valve 7. PV3 Vaporizer 2 inlet valve
3. EMV11 Vaporizer 2 pressure valve 8. PV4 Vaporizer 2 outlet valve
4. EMV12 Vaporizer 2 scavenging valve 9. PV5 Vaporizer bypass valve
5. PV1 Vaporizer 1 inlet valve 10. Double channel plate
Vaporizer Pressure and Scavenging Valves

The Vaporizer Pressure and Scavenging Valves are mounted on the Vaporizer Valve Block.
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Pressure Valves

Vaporizer 1 Pressure Valve EMV9 and Vaporizer 2 Pressure Valve EMV11 will supply Vaporizer
Drive Gas at 120 kPa to the Vaporizer Liquid Containers. The valves are electrically controlled
and connected to PC 1907 Valve Drivers. Only one Vaporizer can be pressurized at a time.
When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on:
Vaporizer 1, EMV9 will open and supply Vaporizer Drive Gas pressure to Vaporizer 1 Liquid
Container.
Vaporizer 2, EMV11 will open and supply Vaporizer Drive Gas pressure to Vaporizer 2 Liquid
Container.
The Vaporizer Drive Gas is routed to the vaporizer via the docking pipe. This pipe will
mechanically open the Docking Valve OV9 when a vaporizer is docked.
66 76 980_05 3 - 19
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Scavenging Valves

Vaporizer 1 Scavenging Valve EMV10 and Vaporizer 2 Scavenging Valve EMV12 will de-
pressurize the Vaporizer Liquid Containers. The valves are electrically controlled and connected
to PC 1907 Valve Drivers.
When turning off the anesthetic agent delivery on:
Vaporizer 1, EMV10 will open and de-pressurize Vaporizer 1 Liquid Container.
Vaporizer 2, EMV12 will open and de-pressurize Vaporizer 2 Liquid Container.
The EMV10/ EMV12 outlets are connected to the AGS outlet to evacuate gas from the
Vaporizer Liquid Containers.
Vaporizer Inlet, Outlet and Bypass Valves

The Vaporizer Inlet, Outlet and Bypass Valves main parts are:
Vaporizer Valve Block. Contain the pneumatic actuator (pistons and cylinders) of valves PV1
PV5. The actuators are spring-loaded and closed when not activated. The valves are
pneumatically controlled by the pilot valves EMV4EMV6.
Double Channel Plate. Contain fresh gas channels, valve stems and valve seats for valves
PV1PV5. The Double Channel plate is mechanically connected to the Vaporizer Valve block
and each valve stem is hooked onto its corresponding actuator. The Double channel plate
Vaporizer Inlet and Outlet Valves

The Vaporizer Inlet Valves and Vaporizer Outlet Valves will open the fresh gas distribution via
one of the Vaporizers.
Vaporizer 1: When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on Vaporizer 1, EMV6 will open
and supply pressure to PV1/PV2. This will open PV1/PV2 and allow fresh gas to pass through
Vaporizer 1.
Vaporizer 2: When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on Vaporizer 2, EMV5 will open
and supply pressure to PV3/PV4. This will open PV3/PV4 and allow fresh gas to pass through
Vaporizer 2.
Vaporizer Bypass Valve

Vaporizer Bypass Valve PV5 allows fresh gas distribution when the vaporizers are disabled.
As long as the vaporizer is switched Off (or both vaporizers if two are connected), EMV4 will be
open and supply pressure to PV5. This will keep PV5 open and allow fresh gas to pass through
the bypass channel inside the Double Channel Plate. When an anesthetic agent is set and
accepted on a vaporizer, EMV4 will close and thus close PV5.
Fresh Gas Filter

The purpose of this filter is to collect any impurities in the fresh gas.
The Fresh Gas Filter contains steel wool that is covered by filter cloth. The flow resistance in the
filters is tested to be approved by the manufacturer. The Fresh Gas Filter is a complete unit and
must not be disassembled.
A check of the pressure drop in the fresh gas should be performed during Preventive
Maintenance. Pressure values are stored in the Test Log. If the pressure drop is outside the
approved limits, the filter may be clogged and should be replaced.
66 76 980_05 3 - 20
Vaporizer Locking Device
Vaporizer 1 and 2 Locking Device

The Vaporizer Locking Device will secure the activated vaporizer.
When an anesthetic agent is set and accepted on:
Vaporizer 1, EMV7 will open and supply pressure to Vaporizer 1 Locking Devices PP1. This
will push out the pneumatic piston in PP1 and lock the Vaporizer 1 release handle.
Vaporizer 2, EMV8 will open and supply pressure to Vaporizer 2 Liquid Container PP2. This
will push out the pneumatic piston in PP2 and lock the Vaporizer 2 release handle.
Vaporizer Adapter PC 1909

The vaporizers are connected to the system via the interconnection board Vaporizer Adapter
PC 1909. The main functions are to connect:
Power to the vaporizers
Communication signals to/from the vaporizers.
There are no active components on PC 1909.
66 76 980_05 3 - 21
6. Vaporizer
There are vaporizers available for three different anesthetic agents; Isoflurane, Sevoflurane and
Desflurane.
The vaporizers are equipped with different filling devices adapted to anesthetic agent
manufacturers specifications.
A Liquid Container inside the vaporizer contains the anesthetic agent. When the vaporizer is
activated (a concentration is set and accepted), the Liquid Container will be pressurized to 120
kPa by the Vaporizer Drive Gas.
The liquid is lead via channels in the base plate, through the Safety Valve, to the Vaporizer
Injector. The injectors opening is pulse controlled in order to achieve the desired dose of liquid.
A nozzle plate in front of the injector forms the liquid into a spray in the Vaporizing Chamber.
Fresh Gas to Vaporizer passes through the Vaporizing Chamber and the anesthetic agent is
mixed with the gas. This gas mixture, Fresh Gas from Vaporizer, is then routed to the Patient
Cassette (or AFGO).
The Vaporizing Chamber is heated which promotes conversion of spray into gas. The
temperature is regulated to 47C for Isoflurane/Sevoflurane and 37C for Desflurane.
The Vaporizer Pressure Transducer measures the liquid pressure. The Safety Valve will cut off
the supply of liquid as a safety precaution. Presence of spray is monitored with the optical
Vaporizer Injection Detection.
Sintered metal filters protect the system from particles entering the liquid system. An optical
Liquid Level Sensor measures the liquid level in the Liquid Indicator glass tube. The agent is
filled into the container via a key filling valve. The mechanism is protected by a lid with a Lid
Sensor.
66 76 980_05 3 - 22
1. Safety fill valve

2. Vaporizer liquid container
3. Vaporizer safety valve
4. Vaporizer pressure transducer
5. Vaporizer injector
6. Fresh gas outlet
7. Vaporizing chamber
8. Fresh gas inlet
9. Docking valve
Handle the vaporizer with care and never turn a vaporizer containing anesthetic agent upside
down or lay it sideways.
The Vaporizer is factory calibrated and leakage tested. The Vaporizer must not be
disassembled.
Repair or service in case of malfunction must be carried out by MAQUET Critical Care only.
The RMA procedure must be used when returning vaporizers to MAQUET Critical Care.
If the vaporizer is dropped, it must be serviced by MAQUET Critical Care to ensure proper
functionality.
The vaporizer must be emptied before it is returned to MAQUET Critical Care. Refer to
emptying instructions in the Users Manual.
EMC Gasket
The EMC Gasket is a metal blade located in the Vaporizer Drive Gas inlet. This metal blade will
ensure ground connection between the docking pipe and the vaporizer when docking the
vaporizer.
Docking Valve
The Docking Valve OV9 is a one-way valve located in the Vaporizer Drive Gas inlet. The
Vaporizer Drive Gas docking pipe on the Vaporizer Valve Section will mechanically open OV9
when the vaporizer is docked.
When the vaporizer is disconnected, OV9 will close and thus close the vaporizer pressure
channel. This will keep the Vaporizer Liquid Container closed.
Drive Gas Filter

The Drive Gas Filter protects the vaporizer from particles in the supplied Vaporizer Drive Gas.
66 76 980_05 3 - 23
Vaporizer Lid
The Vaporizer Lid covers the Safety Fill Valve. The lids position is monitored by a reflective
object sensor (opto switch) on PC 1931 Vaporizer Lid Sensor.
The lid must be closed, or near closed position, in order to activate the vaporizer. If the lid is
detected as open, the vaporizer will be de-activated and thus de-pressurized.
Safety Fill Valve

The vaporizer is equipped with Safety Fill Valves adapted to different anesthetic agents and to
manufacturers specifications. The Safety Fill Valve is designed to handle the pressure inside
the vaporizer. For filling instructions, refer to the Users Manual.
Available filling systems are:
Isoflurane: Key fill (MAQUET)
Sevoflurane Quik Fil (Abbot) and Key fill (MAQUET)
Desflurane Saf-T-Fil (Baxter)
Vaporizer Liquid Container

The Vaporizer Liquid Container volume is 300 ml but is indicated as full at 260 ml. This volume
(260 ml) corresponds to 100% as monitored by the electronic Level Indicator. Do not overfill!
When the vaporizer is activated, the Vaporizer Liquid Container will be pressurized to 120 kPa
by the Vaporizer Drive Gas.
Level Indicator
The anesthetic agent level in the liquid container is indicated in two different ways:
A float in the level meter tube shows the anesthetic agent level. The float is visible in the level
meter tube through the illuminated vaporizer window. The four white LEDs that light up the
window are located on PC 1912 Vaporizer Liquid Detector.
The anesthetic agent level is also monitored by LEDs on PC 1912 Vaporizer Liquid Detector
(sending) and PC 1913 Vaporizer Liquid Level Detector (receiving). These LEDs are mounted
on six different levels corresponding to 5%, 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%. With this
design, the following anesthetic agent levels will be shown on the Control Panel:
Level < 5%
Level 510%
Level 1025%
Level 2550%
Level 5075%
Level 75100%
Level = 100%
This monitoring function is controlled by PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board.
The vaporizer liquid level alarms are:
Low priority clinical alarm when the liquid level is below 10%
Medium priority clinical alarm when the liquid level is below 5%.
The vaporizer will not switch off when empty, but it is not recommended to run the vaporizer dry.
Note: There may be small amounts of anesthetic agent remaining in the vaporizer, although the
indicator shows that the vaporizer is empty.
66 76 980_05 3 - 24
Liquid Agent Filter

The anesthetic agent supplied to the Vaporizer Injector passes the Liquid Agent Filter. This
protects the injector from particles down to 130 m in the anesthetic agent.
Drain Plug
The vaporizer is equipped with a Drain Plug. This Drain Plug is intended for MAQUET Critical
Care service only and must not be removed during field service. Use a bottle with filling adapter
to empty the vaporizer. Refer to emptying instructions in the Users Manual.
Gas Escape Pipe

Gas bubbles in the anesthetic agent may interfere with the function of the Vaporizer Injector. To
remove such bubbles, the vaporizer is equipped with a Gas Escape Pipe. This pipe will
evacuate gas bubbles from the agent before they reach the injector. The pipe ends above the
float inside the Vaporizer Liquid Container.
Gas Escape Pipe Filter

The Gas Escape Pipe Filter is mounted on the Gas Escape Pipe outlet inside the container. It
will filter agent that may escape backwards through the pipe, e.g. when filling or moving the
vaporizer.
Vaporizer Pressure Transducer

The Vaporizer Pressure Transducer is an electronic device that monitors the anesthetic agents
pressure. The transducer is located next to the Vaporizer Safety Valve.
Vaporizer Safety Valve

The Vaporizer Safety Valve SV2 is located between the Vaporizer Liquid Container and the
Vaporizer Injector VI. It is placed very close to the injector to minimize the volume between
them.
The Vaporizer Safety Valve is closed when the vaporizer, or the complete system, is in Off or
Standby. The safety valve will also close, and stop the anesthetic agent delivery, in case of
technical errors in the vaporizer.
PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board contains valve drivers for the Vaporizer Safety Valve.
Vaporizer Injector
The Vaporizer Injector VI supplies anesthetic agent into the fresh gas. Depending on the set
and the measured concentration, it injects the agent in very short pulses:
The injector delivers 0.8 l agent/ms (l = microliter, ms = millisecond).
Pulse time varies between 2 and 10 ms (5 and 10 ms for DES).
Volume injected agent/pulse is thus between 1.6 and 8 l (4.0 and 8.0 l for DES).
The injected agent speed is approx. 10 m/s. A built-in filter in the injector separates particles
down to 32 m in the anesthetic agent.
As the injector technology creates a high and disturbing sound, the vaporizer is designed to
reduce this sound. The injector itself has a flexible mounting inside the vaporizer. The injector is
also equipped with a free weight to reduce the injectors oscillation.
PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board contains drivers for the Vaporizer Injector.
66 76 980_05 3 - 25
Vaporizer Injection Detection

The Vaporizer Injection Detection contains two PC boards:
PC 1914 Vaporizer Spray LED
PC 1926 Vaporizer Spray Detector
These PC boards are mounted over the injector nozzle to detect when an anesthetic agent is
injected into the Vaporizing Chamber. PC 1914 contains a sending IR diode and PC 1926
contains the corresponding receiving IR diode.
Vaporizing Chamber
The Vaporizer Injector VI supplies anesthetic agent into the Vaporizing Chamber. Fresh Gas to
Vaporizer, supplied by the Fresh Gas Modules, is routed into the Vaporizer via the Vaporizer
Inlet Valves PV1 or PV3. The fresh gas enters the Vaporizing Chamber where it is mixed with
the vaporized anesthetic agent.
The mixed Fresh Gas from Vaporizer exits the Vaporizer via the Vaporizer Outlet Valves PV2 or
PV4 and is routed to the Patient Cassette (or AFGO).
Vaporizing Chamber Temperature Sensor

The Vaporizing Chamber is heated by the Vaporizer Heating Foil and the vaporizing chamber
temperature is monitored by the Vaporizing Chamber Temperature Sensor. The function
contains two separate sensors; both located on PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board.
If the vaporizing chamber temperature is above 60 C, or if the temperature measured by the
two sensors differ more than 5 C, the vaporizer will be switched off (electrically and
pneumatically) and a Technical alarm is activated.
Vaporizer Heating Foil

The electric Vaporizer Heating Foil is mounted on the Vaporizing Chamber. Heating of the
Vaporizing Chamber will make vaporizing of the anesthetic agent more effective.
PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board contains drivers for the heating foil.
Vaporizer Heating Foil Temperature Sensor

The Vaporizer Heating Foil temperature is monitored by the Vaporizer Heating Foil Temperature
Sensor. The sensor is located in the heating foil.
If the heating foil temperature is above:
140 C, the heating foil will be switched off. No alarm is activated. When the temperature
drops, the heating foil will be switched on again.
170 C, the vaporizer will be switched off (electrically and pneumatically). A Technical alarm is
activated.
Fresh Gas Inlet and Outlet Filters

The Fresh Gas Inlet Filter is a dust filter that protects the Vaporizing Chamber inlet from
particles down to 550 m.
66 76 980_05 3 - 26
PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board

PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board is the main board in the vaporizer. It supplies power and
controls the vaporizer functions. Main functions are:
Microcontroller
Flash memory for configuration
Sensor amplifiers/conditioners
Signal measurements
Driving/controlling IR diodes
Drivers for injector, safety valve and heating foil.
The chamber and heating foil temperature sensors.
Power supply and reference voltages for the vaporizer functions
The Flash memory of the CPU on PC1910 contains ID information that can be read by the
system.
Note: Vaporizer software is stored on PC 1910. A Technical alarm will be displayed if the
System software in FLOW-i is incompatible to the System software in the connected vaporizer.
Refer to System software installation in chapter 5. Service procedures. From System version
3.0, the Vaporizer software will be installed in connected Vaporizers and also copied to the
CompactFlash card on PC 1922 during System software installation. The Vaporizer software
can then be re-installed/updated either by a System software installation or by a separate
Vaporizer software installation.
PC 1911 Vaporizer Connector

The vaporizers are connected to the system via the interconnection board PC 1911 Vaporizer
Connector. There are no active components on PC 1911.
PC 1912 Vaporizer Liquid Detector

PC 1912 Vaporizer Liquid Detector contains LEDs and IR diodes.
Four white LEDs illuminate the vaporizer window.
Six sending IR diodes used to monitor the anesthetic agent level in the level meter tube. The
diodes position corresponds to 5%, 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% contents in the container
according to the level meter tube. Receiving transistors located on PC 1913. The agent level
can be shown on the Control Panel.
PC 1913 Vaporizer Liquid Level Detector

PC 1913 Vaporizer Liquid Level Detector contains six receiving transistors corresponding to the
sending IR diodes on PC 1912.
PC 1914 Vaporizer Spray LED

PC 1914 Vaporizer Spray LED contains one sending IR diode to detect anesthetic agent spray
produced by the Vaporizer Injector. Receiving transistor located on PC 1926.
PC 1926 Vaporizer Spray Detector

PC 1926 Vaporizer Spray Detector contains receiving transistor corresponding to the sending IR
diode on PC 1914.
PC 1931 Vaporizer Lid Sensor

PC 1931 Vaporizer Lid Sensor contains a reflective object sensor (opto switch) to detect that the
vaporizer lid is closed or near closed position.
66 76 980_05 3 - 27
7. Safety Valve
Fresh Gas is supplied to the Patient Cassette from this section. Fresh gas to the Patient
Cassette is protected from high pressures by the Fresh Gas Safety Valve.
Fresh Gas Safety Valve
1. Fresh gas channel (from

vaporizer)
2. Reflector gas channel (from gas
module)
3. Safety valve membrane housing
4. Connector to EVAC
5. Connector to expiratory outlet on
cassette
6. Fresh Gas Safety Valve SV1
Fresh Gas Safety Valve SV1 is a spring-loaded solenoid valve. The valve is connected to the
Fresh Gas from Vaporizer channel close to the Patient Cassette. The valve is easy to remove
for inspection and cleaning.
A gas channel for the Reflector Gas is integrated in the safety valve unit, but is not connected to
the safety valve function.
66 76 980_05 3 - 28
The safety valve solenoid is electrically controlled from PC 1919 Exp. channel:
When the solenoid is not activated, the safety valve is kept closed by the spring inside the
valve housing.
When the solenoid is electrically activated, the safety valve will open and the fresh gas is let
out from the fresh gas channel to the EVAC Reservoir thus enabling a decrease in the
inspiratory pressure.
The opening conditions for the safety valve are:
The pressure inside the inspiratory channel in the Patient Cassette is 5 cmH2O above the
preset upper pressure limit. This condition is controlled by the Monitoring subsystem. AUTO
mode only.
The pressure inside the inspiratory channel in the Patient Cassette is 7 cmH2O above the
preset upper pressure limit. This condition is controlled by the Control subsystem. AUTO
mode only.
The pressure inside the inspiratory channel in the Patient Cassette is above:
20 cmH2O if APL is set between SP and 12 cmH2O. Redundant opening condition at 25
cmH2O. MAN mode only.
Set APL +7 cmH2O if APL i set between 13 and 49 cmH2O. Redundant opening condition
at 12 cmH2O. MAN mode only.
Set APL +10 cmH2O if APL i set between 50 and 80 cmH2O. Redundant opening condition
at 15 cmH2O. MAN mode only.
The safety valve will also be opened by some other alarms, e. g. the High continuous
pressure-alarm (PEEP level + 15 cmH2O for more than 15 seconds). AUTO mode only.
The pressure inside the inspiratory channel in the Patient Cassette is above 117 7 cmH2O.
This condition is controlled by calibrated electronics and calibration to 117 3 cmH2O is
performed during each System checkout. This condition will also open the APL/PEEP valve
and is an extra safety function and the situation will normally not occur. AUTO and MAN
mode.
66 76 980_05 3 - 29
8. Patient Cassette
The Patient Cassette is the main interface for the gases distributed to and from the patient. The
cassette is a removable and easy-to-clean unit.
The gas modules and the unidirectional valves in the cassette control the gas flow through the
cassette. The gas flow is controlled due to:
Selected breathing system.
Selected ventilation mode.
Breath cycle phase.
The Patient Cassette connects to:
Fresh Gas from Vaporizer (via Safety Valve SV1).
Reflector Gas from the Reflector Gas Module.
Volume Reflector, two channels.
Expiratory Outlet.
Manual Ventilation Bag.
CO2 Absorber, inlet and outlet. The absorber connections are equipped with spring-loaded
cut-off valves that will automatically close the connections when the CO2 Absorber is lowered.
Patient tubing, Insp. and Exp.
The Patient Cassette also contains:
Gas return channel for the gas analyzer.
Pressure measuring points for Insp. and Exp. pressure.
Other integrated cassette main functions are:
The Expiratory Flow Transducer that measures the expiratory gas flow through the cassette.
The APL/PEEP Valve that limits the airway pressure during ventilation.
The Manual Ventilation Valve that connects the Manual Ventilation Bag.
The CO2 Absorber valves and a number of silicone parts in the cassette must be replaced
during Preventive Maintenance.
66 76 980_05 3 - 30
Inspiratory and Expiratory Valves

The unidirectional inspiratory and expiratory valves control the gas flows in the cassette. The
ceramic valve discs are visible inside the transparent plastic covers. The discs are kept in
position by a valve cage. The disc and valve cage is a complete unit.
Absorber Bypass Valves

The absorber connections (Inlet and Outlet) are equipped with spring-loaded cut-off valves that
will automatically close the absorber connections when the CO2 Absorber is lowered. With the
absorber connections closed, the bypass channel inside the cassette will be open.
The CO2 Absorber valves must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
Expiratory Flow Transducer

The Expiratory Flow Transducer is a measuring device for the expiratory gas flow, using
ultrasound technique with two ultrasonic transducers/receivers. The measuring process is
controlled from PC 1919 Expiratory Channel.
During controlled ventilation, the flow transducer measures the expiratory flow. During manual
ventilation it also measures the inspiratory flow. The flow transducer is bi-directional, and
practically unaffected by different gas concentration. The flow transducer delivers an analog
voltage which is proportional to the flow. All necessary compensations are made by the
subsystem itself.
The Expiratory Flow Transducer contains two identical transducers. One of the transducers
sends out ultrasonic sound downstream that is received by the other transducer. The time from
sending to receiving ultrasonic sound in downstream expiratory gas flow is measured. Then the
ultrasonic sound direction is switched; the transducer earlier receiving is sending out ultrasonic
sound upstream the expiratory gas flow. The ultrasonic sound is received by the transducer now
acting as a receiver. The time from sending to receiving ultrasonic sound in upstream expiratory
gas flow is measured. The time difference between the downstream and the upstream time
measurements provides flow information. The measuring rate is 200 Hz.
To reduce water condensation in conjunction with the transducers, the flow transducer is
heated. A heating foil is mounted close to each transducer.
66 76 980_05 3 - 31
The expiratory gas temperature will differ within the breathing system; the gas will e.g. be
cooled down in the Volume Reflector. These temperature variations will affect the gas flow
calculations and thus also the volume measuring. One temperature sensor, located close to the
expiratory inlet, measures the temperature of the gas flow from the patient. The other
temperature sensor, located close to the flow transducer, measures the gas temperature in
conjunction with the flow transducer. With this design, the temperature from both the reflector
and the patient can be estimated.
Manual Ventilation Valve

The Manual Ventilation Valve connects the Manual Ventilation Bag. The Manual Ventilation
Valve consists of a membrane in the cassette that is operated by the axis of the Manual
Ventilation Valve Actuator PP3.
The valve is fully open as long as no Pilot Valve Drive Gas is supplied to PP3 via EMV2. A
magnet mounted on the PP3 axis will attract the metal washer on the membrane. This will keep
the membrane in contact with the axis to prevent valve closing in case of negative pressure.
The Manual Ventilation Valve membrane must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
APL/PEEP Valve
The APL/PEEP Valve limits the airway pressure to the level set by the operator.
The APL/PEEP Valve consists of a membrane in the cassette that is operated by the axis of the
APL/PEEP Valve Coil. The axis can be activated (pushed up) into desired position in two
different ways:
During automatic and manual ventilation, power supply to the coil is regulated so that the
airway pressure in the patient system is kept on the APL/PEEP level set by the operator.
During emergency manual ventilation, the axis is pushed up into desired position by the
mushroom valve inside the Emergency Valve Actuator mounted underneath the APL/PEEP
Valve Coil. Gas pressure (supplied by REG5) to inflate the mushroom valve is regulated to
correspond to the Mechanical APL level set by the operator.
The APL/PEEP Valve is fully open as long as the axis is not activated.
The APL/PEEP Valve membrane must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
There is also a counter for the breathing cycles. Operating capacity for the membrane is
estimated to 10.000.000 breathing cycles. If this limit is passed, or if the membrane for some
reason has become defective, it must be replaced. Remaining capacity (in %) for the membrane
can be shown in the Service & Settings Status window. The remaining capacity meter must be
reset after replacement of the membrane.
Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve

The exhaust gas leaves the cassette via the Expiratory Outlet One-Way Valve mounted in the
expiratory outlet.
This valve prevents:
Gas from EVAC to mix with the breathing gas. This may create an incorrect gas mix and a
cross-contamination risk.
Backflow via EVAC during spontaneous breathing.
Pressure drops that may cause pressure triggering.
The Expiratory Outlet One-Way Valve must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
66 76 980_05 3 - 32
PC 1917 Expiratory Channel Cassette

The PC 1917 Expiratory Channel Cassette is a connection board, integrated into the Patient
Cassette, for the Expiratory Flow Transducer, temperature sensors and for the heating foil. It
connects to PC 1918 mounted in the Patient Cassette Docking.
Information from breath cycle counter is stored on PC 1917. This information is used to
calculate remaining capacity for the Expiratory membrane (APL/PEEP valve membrane).
66 76 980_05 3 - 33
9. Patient Cassette Docking

The main part of the Patient Cassette Docking is the Patient Cassette Cover. The cover
connects the Patient Cassette to the sampling and pressure channels in the cassette. The
electrical connection to the cassette is also integrated into the cover.
The Patient Cassette is secured in correct position by the patient cassette locking device.
The Patient Cassette Cover contains:
Inspiratory Sample Filter Holder.
Expiratory Sample Filter Holder.
Patient Cassette Cover tubing for gas analyzer and pressure transducers.
PC 1918 Expiratory Channel Connector.
The Insp. and Exp. Sample Filter Holders including filters must be replaced during Preventive
Maintenance.
Patient Cassette Docking

Patient Cassette Cover:
1. PC 1918 Exp. Channel Connector
2. Exp. Sample Filter Holder
3. Insp. Sample Filter Holder (with S1 and
R1 plugged)
Patient Cassette Cover

The Patient Cassette Cover is mounted on hinges onto the unit. The cover must be opened to
remove the cassette. For safety reasons, a two-handed grip is required to release and open the
cover.
The internal Patient Cassette Cover tubing for gas analyzer and pressure sampling are located
behind a cover plate. On FLOW-i delivered from factory with System version 3.0 (or above), the
Nafion tubing in the Patient Cassette Docking is not included. Replacement during Preventive
Maintenance is not required.
The cassette connector board PC 1918 Expiratory Channel Connector is mounted on the cover.
Gas sampling as well as electrical connection to the cassette will be disconnected when the
cover is opened.
66 76 980_05 3 - 34
Insp. and Exp. Sample Filter Holder

As the gas in the breathing system may be contaminated, the gas analyzer and the pressure
transducers must be protected with filters. The filters are connected to the sampling channels in
the cassette when the Patient Cassette Cover is closed.
The filters with holders are designed as two complete units:
Insp. Sample Filter Holder. Inspiratory pressure. With System version 3.0 (or above), the
Control Gas Analyzer (CGA) is no longer used and gas sampling from the cassette not
required.
FLOW-i field upgraded to System version 3.0 (or above) can use either the Insp. Sample
Filter Holder with three filters or the holder with S1 and R1 plugged.
FLOW-i delivered from factory with System version 3.0 (or above) will not include the
Control Gas Analyzer and must use the Insp. Sample Filter Holder with S1 and R1 plugged.
Exp. Sample Filter Holder with two filters for Patient Gas Analyzer return and Expiratory
pressure.
To reduce water condensation in conjunction with the filters, the filter holder seats are heated.
Heating foils are mounted in the filter holder seats.
The Insp. and Exp. Sample Filter Holders including filters must be replaced during Preventive
Maintenance.
PC 1918 Expiratory Channel Connector

The PC 1918 Expiratory Channel Connector is a connection board mounted inside the Patient
Cassette Cover. It connects to PC 1917 mounted in the Patient Cassette. It will also power
supply the heating foils at the Sample Filter Holders.
66 76 980_05 3 - 35
10. Gas Analyzer Section

FLOW-i is equipped with a side-stream multigas analyzer intended to monitor respiratory and
anesthetic gases sampled from the breathing circuits. The gases measured are O2, CO2, N2O,
Isoflurane, Sevoflurane and Desflurane in any combination.
All gases in the gas sample, except O2, are identified and measured by an infrared sensor.
O2 is identified and measured by a paramagnetic O2 sensor.
From System version 3.0, monitoring of respiratory and anesthetic gases is changed. The
Control Gas Analyzer (CGA) is no longer used. This affects FLOW-i as follows:
For FLOW-i field upgraded to System version 3.0, the Control Gas Analyzer will remain
mounted but will be disabled. The CGA sampling and return points (S1/S2 and R1/R2) will
remain connected but not used.
Analyzer will not be included. The CGA sampling and return points (S1/S2 and R1/R2) will be
plugged.
This Service Manual will describe FLOW-i without Control Gas Analyzer. For information on
previous System versions, refer to chapter Revision history, section FLOW-i revision history.
The Gas Analyzer Section contains:
Patient Gas Analyzer (PGA) unit with an AION gas measuring unit, a Patient O2 Sensor and a
Water Trap. Information from this unit is calculated and shown on the Control Panel.
Note
A Service Software for the gas analyzer is required to:
Adjust the potentiometers on the Patient O2 sensor. If the Service Software is not used, the
measurement accuracy of the gas analyzer will be outdated.
Perform a Patient O2 sensor calibration if the Patient O2 sensor and/or the Patient Gas
Analyzer AION have been replaced.
66 76 980_05 3 - 36
Control Gas Analyzer CGA

From System version 3.0, monitoring of respiratory and anesthetic gases is changed. The
Control Gas Analyzer (CGA) is no longer used. This affects FLOW-i as follows:
For FLOW-i field upgraded to System version 3.0, the Control Gas Analyzer will remain
mounted but will be disabled. The CGA sampling and return points (S1/S2 and R1/R2) will
remain connected but not used.
Analyzer will not be included. The CGA sampling and return points (S1/S2 and R1/R2) will be
plugged.
This Service Manual will describe FLOW-i without Control Gas Analyzer. For information on
previous System versions, refer to chapter Revision history, section FLOW-i revision history.
Patient Gas Analyzer PGA
Patient Gas Analyzer functional diagram
Patient Gas Analyzer AION
The AION is the gas measuring unit. It is a complete unit and must not be disassembled.
The following modules are included in the AION:

Pneumatic Module: Interconnection between the different parts of the gas sampling system.
Gas Measurement Bench (GMB): Identifies and measures the gases CO2, N2O and
anesthetic agents.
Pump Module (PM): Creates and controls the gas sampling flow.
Base Module (BM) including AION PC board with CPU, EEPROM and software: Controls the
gas sampling system and performs calculations from the measured parameters.
66 76 980_05 3 - 37
Pneumatic Module
The pneumatic module interconnects the pump, the gas measurement bench and the O2
sensor. Includes two solenoid valves; the zero calibration valve (ZCV) and the purge flow valve
(PFV)
Zero Calibration Valve (ZCV): To establish a gas zero concentration reference, ambient air is
routed through the Gas Measurement Bench via the Zero Calibration Valve. The ambient gas
intake is located behind the Mechanical APL knob in the Emergency Ventilation section. A filter
is connected to the tubing.
The automatic zero calibration of the AION will be performed:
During warm-up
At a temperature change >1 C (in the GMB)
Every 4 hours
At gas span calibration.
Purge Flow Valve (PFV):

During normal sampling condition, when a water trap is used, there is always a small purge flow
of approx. 10% of the total flow through the AION. This purge flow is created by the purge flow
restrictor.
If there is an obstruction in the sampling line, this will be detected by the flow sensor in the
pump as a decreased flow.
If the total flow from the two water trap outlets drops below 40 ml/min for more than one second,
the forced purge flow-function is activated during 12 seconds. This forced purge flow is created
by the Purge Flow Valve connected in parallel with the purge flow restrictor. The forced purge
flow forces water and secretions in the sampling line into the water trap container. The forced
purge flow is routed from the water trap directly to the pump and out through the evacuation
outlet. It will not pass the Gas Measurement Bench or the O2 sensor.
If the total flow remains below the limit value, the forced purge flow-function will be repeated up
to four times until further forced purge cycles are inhibited. The purge function is automatic and
is not possible to start manually.
66 76 980_05 3 - 38
Gas Measurement Bench

The CO2, N2O, Isoflurane, Desflurane and Sevoflurane are identified and measured in the Gas
Measurement Bench (GMB).
The GMB consists of an IR light source, a rotating filter wheel with optical filters connected to a
DC motor, the gas measurement chamber and an IR light detector.
The measurement of CO2, N2O and the anesthetic agents in the sampling gas is based on the
fact that the different gas components absorb infrared light at specific wavelengths. The filter
wheel has eight optical filters to allow an accurate analysis of any mixture of these gases.
As O2 does not absorb infrared light to the same extent as other breathing gases, O2 is
measured by the separate O2 sensor. However, the presence of O2 causes some interference
and information from the O2 sensor is used to compensate for that interference.
The GMB also includes a PCB with an EEPROM and components for pressure and temperature
measurements. Factory calibration data are stored in the EEPROM and the gas calibration data
is updated during the gas span calibration.
Pump Module
The Pump Module (PM) with a double-action membrane pump has a built-in flow control with its
own flow sensor. The delivered flow is very stable with minimal flow variations. The design of
the pump makes it very reliable with no maintenance necessary. The water trap to be used sets
the default sampling flow rate to 200 ml/min.
During the forced purge flow, the pump capacity will be increased to create the forced purge
flow. This will not change the sampling flow rate.
Base Module
The Base Module (BM) includes a PC board with CPU and memory functions. This PC board
controls the gas sampling system and performs calculations from the measured parameters.
The analog signals from the GMB and from the O2 sensor are converted to digital signals in the
AION CPU.
The AION-SW is stored in a flash memory. As from System version 2.0, installation of the AION-
SW is included in the semi-automatic System software installation procedure. Refer to chapter
Service procedures.
The AION PC board has a 5 V DC/DC converter for its internal power supply.
66 76 980_05 3 - 39
Patient O2 Sensor (PM1111)

The O2 sensor is a paramagnetic sensor that measures the O2 content in the sampled gas
mixture. The sensor output is an analogue signal. One volt corresponds to a concentration of
100% oxygen.
O2 is distinguished from most other common gases by its paramagnetic properties. This fact is
used by the paramagnetic O2 sensor, which has two nitrogen filled glass spheres mounted on a
strong rare metal taut-band suspension. This assembly is suspended in a symmetrical non-
uniform magnetic field. In the presence of paramagnetic O2, the glass spheres are pushed
further away from the strongest part of the magnetic field. The strength of the torque acting on
the suspension is proportional to the O2 concentration.
A feedback system creates a current that balances the torque acting on the suspension
assembly. The feedback current is directly proportional to the partial pressure of O2 in the
sample. A voltage output is derived that is proportional to the current, which in turn is
proportional to the O2 concentration.
The O2 sensor has no consumable parts and has a consistent performance over time. It
requires no reference gas for zero calibration and has no interference from other respiratory
gases.
The O2 sensor analogue output is converted to digital and delivered to the system, together
with gas measurement information from AION.
AION uses the O2 concentration data to compensate for the O2 interference on the gas
measurements performed by AION.
The O2 sensor is powered with +5 VDC.
66 76 980_05 3 - 40
Water Trap
The DRYLINE water trap protects the gas analyzer system from condensed water, secretions,
bacterial contamination and dust. It consists of two parts, a filter housing with hydrophobic anti-
bacterial filter and a container for separated waste.
The filter housing has one gas sample inlet (W1) to be connected to the sampling tube.
In the water trap, the sampling flow is divided in two parts:
Sampling gas flow (W2), approx. 90%.
Purge gas flow (W3), approx. 10%. This flow will create a negative pressure inside the water
trap in order to collect the water droplets.
There are two outlets in the filter housing, one for each gas flow.
66 76 980_05 3 - 41
Water Trap Receptacle
The Water Trap is connected to the Water Trap Receptacle. There are two gas connections on
the receptacle; one for the sampling gas flow and one for the purge gas flow.
The gas sample is routed via a bacteria filter and a Nafion tube. The Nafion tube equalizes
the moisture content and the temperature in the sampled gas to that of the ambient air. This is
to reduce the influence on the measurements from humidity and to prevent from water
condensation inside the sampling system.
Two electrical switches on the water trap receptacle detect if a water trap is present. If no water
trap is connected or if a water trap without container is connected, both switches are inactive.
The pump, and thus the gas flow through the Patient Gas Analyzer, is automatically stopped to
prevent contamination.
The control signal cable from the water trap receptacle PC board is connected to the Main back-
plane.
66 76 980_05 3 - 42
11. CO2 Absorber

In Circle System, expiratory gas is purified in the CO2 Absorber before it is mixed with fresh gas
and delivered to the patient.
The absorber is maneuvered (locked and released) with the absorber locking switch.
WARNING! Absorbent material may be very corrosive and must be handled with
care. Avoid coming into contact with dust or particles.
1. CO2 Absorber
2. Absorber locking switch
Safety Aspects
Always use MAQUET approved CO2 Absorber.
Never open the disposable CO2 Absorber to replace absorbent.
Always use MAQUET approved absorbent in the reusable CO2 Absorber.
Use gloves when handling absorbent to avoid unnecessary skin contact.
The complete disposable CO2 Absorber and absorbent from the reusable CO2 Absorber must
be discarded as hazardous waste when consumed.
Further important information regarding the CO2 Absorber can be found in the Users Manual.
Note that the reusable CO2 Absorber has a separate Users Manual.
66 76 980_05 3 - 43
CO2 Absorber
There are two different versions of the CO2 Absorber:
CO2 Absorber, disposable (single use)
CO2 Absorber, reusable.
Expiratory gas from the Volume Reflector is routed through the CO2 Absorber and thus purified
before it is mixed with Fresh Gas from Vaporizer and delivered to the patient.
The CO2 Absorber will also handle water that may condensate in the absorber.
Furthermore, the color of the absorbent will change when consumed (from white to blue/violet).
The disposable CO2 Absorber contains 700 ml of absorbent.
The absorber is placed in the absorber compartment and lifted into position (Bypassed or
Locked) by a spring-loaded piston that is manually actuated by the absorber locking switch.
Absorber Sensor
The Absorber Sensor is a micro switch that is actuated by the piston in the absorber lift.
The sensor indicates when:
The absorber is not connected (locking switch position Open or Bypassed)
The absorber is connected (locking switch position Locked).
The Absorber Sensor is electrically connected to PC 1907 Valve Drivers.
66 76 980_05 3 - 44
12. Volume Reflector

The re-breathing function is supported by the Volume Reflector. It functions as a reservoir of
exhaled gases, allowing the partial re-administration of these to the patient via the circle system.
There are no moving parts in the Volume Reflector.
CAUTION: As the Volume Reflector and the Reflector Socket are exposed to the
patients expired gas it must be included in the routine cleaning procedure, refer to
the Users Manual.
Volume Reflector
The purpose of the Volume Reflector is to store the patients expired gas so that the gas can be
purified in the CO2 absorber for partial re-use during next inspiration phase.
The inside of the reflector is designed as a long gas channel with a volume of 1.2 liter (1.3 liter
including Reflector Socket).
During the expiration phase, expiratory gas from the patient will be routed into the reflector gas
channel.
During the inspiration phase, reflector gas from the Reflector Gas Module will be routed into the
other end of the reflector gas channel. The reflector gas will, like a piston, push the expiratory
gas out from the reflector and through the CO2 Absorber. Fresh Gas according the Control
Panel setting will then be mixed with the purified gas to form the inspiratory gas to the patient.
66 76 980_05 3 - 45
Reflector Socket
The Reflector Socket (volume reflector adaptor) connects the Patient Cassette to the Volume
Reflector. The socket will also secure the reflector in position when mounted.
The Reflector Socket seals must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
PC 1781 (R) Reflector Pressure Transducer

PC 1781 Reflector Pressure Transducer is mounted on and electrically connected to PC 1900
Main Back-plane. The transducer is pneumatically connected to the Reflector Gas channel, prior
to the Patient Cassette, via a gas pressure tube.
proportional to the measured pressure thus giving a linear measurement in the range
-40 cmH2O to +140 cmH2O (inaccuracy 5% or 1 cmH2O).
66 76 980_05 3 - 46
13. Reflector Gas Supply

Reflector Gas to the Volume Reflector is supplied from this section. The gas is routed via the
Patient Cassette. The Reflector Gas Module regulates the reflector gas flow. A pressure
transducer is used to measure the Reflector Gas pressure in order to regulate the Inspiratory
pressure correctly (in cooperation with the fresh gas modules).
1. Reflector Gas Module

2-4. Fresh Gas Modules (part of
Fresh Gas Supply section)
5. Reflector Gas Selector
Reflector Gas Module

The Reflector Gas Module (1 in the illustrations above) is connected to the Gas Module
Docking. The Gas Module Docking contains gas channels for distribution of gas to the Reflector
Gas Module.
During the inspiration phase, gas from the Reflector Gas Module will be routed into the Volume
Reflector. The reflector gas will, like a piston, push the expiratory gas out from the reflector and
through the CO2 Absorber.
The Reflector Gas Module is designed for O2 and O2 must be used as Reflector Gas. This is
controlled by the Reflector Gas Selector. The default setting is O2 and this setting must not be
changed.
The gas modules are provided with a mechanical key to prevent that the module is mounted in
the wrong slot. The key consists of a plastic guide mounted underneath the module and a
corresponding guide mounted in the gas module compartment.
66 76 980_05 3 - 47
1. Gas inlet
2. Filter
3. Temperature sensor
4. Supply pressure transducer
5. Flow transducer (Delta pressure transducer and net)
6. Nozzle unit with valve diaphragm
7. Solenoid
CAUTION: The Gas Modules are factory calibrated. The Gas Modules must not be
disassembled further than described in chapter 'Preventive Maintenance'.
Gas inlet
When the Gas Module is mounted in the unit, the gas inlet channel in the filter cover connects to
the Gas Module Docking on the Gas Distribution Section.
The filter housing and the filter cover are provided with matching guide pins. These guide pins
prevent mounting of the filter cover (with gas inlet) on the wrong module.
Filter
The Filter protects the system from particles in the gas delivered to the Gas Module. The filter
Temperature sensor
The temperature of the supplied gas is measured by the Temperature Sensor. This sensor is
situated in the gas flow.
The output signal from this sensor is used to compensate for the gas density variations due to
temperature.
66 76 980_05 3 - 48
Supply pressure transducer

The pressure of the supplied gas is measured by the Supply Pressure Transducer.
The output signal from this transducer is amplified. It is then used to calculate the absolute
pressure of the gas to compensate for gas density variations due to pressure.
Flow transducer
The gas flows through a net (resistance) which causes a pressure drop. The pressure is
measured on both sides of this net and the differential pressure value is then amplified.
Nozzle unit
The plastic Nozzle Unit contains a valve diaphragm. The valve diaphragm, controlled by the
Solenoid, regulates the gas flow through the Gas Module.
The complete plastic nozzle unit must be replaced during the 'Preventive Maintenance'. After
replacement, allow the diaphragm to adapt to the valve seat by the spring tension during
approx. 10 minutes before gas pressure is connected to the Gas Module.
Solenoid
The gas flow through the Gas Module is regulated by the Solenoid via the Nozzle Unit. The
current supplied to the solenoid is regulated so that the Gas Module will deliver a gas flow
according to the settings on the Control Panel.
ID/Status PROM
66 76 980_05 3 - 49
14. Manual Ventilation Section

The Manual Ventilation Section contains the:
Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator PP3 that will open or close the Manual Ventilation Valve in
the cassette.
Manual Ventilation Bag with tubing used for manual ventilation of the patient.
1. Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator PP3

2. Manual Ventilation Valve (in Patient Cassette)
3. Connector for Manual Breathing Bag (on Patient
Cassette)
Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator

The Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator PP3 is a pneumatic piston connected to and controlled
by the Manual Ventilation Pilot Valve EMV2:
When the Manual ventilation switch is set to AUTO, EMV2 will open and supply pressure to
PP3. This will close the Manual Ventilation Valve inside the Patient Cassette and disable the
Manual Ventilation Bag.
When the Manual ventilation switch is set to MAN, EMV2 will close and de-pressurize PP3.
This will open the Manual Ventilation Valve inside the Patient Cassette and enable the Manual
Ventilation Bag.
A magnet mounted on the PP3 axis will attract the metal washer on the Manual Ventilation
Valve membrane. This will keep the membrane in contact with the axis to prevent valve closing
in case of negative pressure.
Manual Ventilation Bag

The Manual Ventilation Bag with tubing is connected to the Patient Cassette. The size of the
breathing bag and tube may differ based on the size of the patient.
It is recommended to use MAQUET's manual breathing bag that is made of a soft, flexible and
latex free material for easy, pliable filling.
66 76 980_05 3 - 50
15. Emergency Manual Ventilation Section

The description of the Emergency Manual Ventilation Section below contains also information
on a few parts used during normal ventilation.
In case of a total power failure (i.e. mains power and power backup battery) or system failure,
this system will allow the patient to be manually ventilated. The emergency ventilation system
comprises:
Emergency Ventilation control panel with:
Emergency Ventilation switch
Oxygen Flow; flowmeter for oxygen gas supply during emergency manual ventilation
Emergency APL Pressure Regulator (Mechanical APL); for APL setting during emergency
manual ventilation
Emergency APL actuator to control the APL valve inside the cassette during emergency
manual ventilation
APL/PEEP Valve Coil that is mechanically controlled by the Emergency APL actuator during
emergency manual ventilation and electrically controlled during normal AUTO and MAN
ventilation
PGA Gas analyzer zero calibration gas intake
Oxygen Connector Block.
Note: When Emergency Ventilation is switched Off, the Mechanical APL must be set to
minimum.
66 76 980_05 3 - 51
1. Emergency Ventilation Switch

2. Oxygen Flowmeter
3. Emergency APL Pressure Regulator
REG5 including Gas analyzer zero
calibration gas intakes
4. Oxygen Connector Block
5. Oxygen Flow One-way Valve OV13 and
Oxygen Flow Filter
6. High-pressure Bleed-flow Device
Emergency Ventilation Switch

On/Off switch for emergency ventilation. With the switch set to On, oxygen will be supplied to
Oxygen Flow and to Emergency APL Pressure Regulator.
The switch is also electrically connected to PC 1928 Power On/Off. If the emergency ventilation
system is activated while the anesthesia system is in operation, the anesthesia system will be
shutdown.
66 76 980_05 3 - 52
Oxygen Flow
The oxygen flowmeter, graded up to 10 l/min, is used to supply oxygen to the breathing system
during emergency manual ventilation. Max. flow is 1620 l/min. The gas is connected to the O2
supply to Fresh Gas tubing via the Oxygen Connector Block.
Emergency APL Pressure Regulator

Emergency APL Pressure Regulator REG5 (Mechanical APL) is used to set APL during
emergency manual ventilation. Minimum setting corresponds to approx. 6 cmH2O.
The force on the spring inside the regulator can be adjusted with the setting knob:
No mechanical pressure on the spring will keep the regulator closed. The supply valve inside
the regulator will be pushed upwards by the gas pressure and close the regulator gas inlet. No
gas pressure will be supplied to the Emergency APL Actuator.
Raised mechanical pressure on the spring, regulated by the setting knob, will push down the
diaphragm assembly and slightly open the supply valve. A gas pressure will now inflate the
mushroom valve in the Emergency APL Actuator. The mushroom valve will mechanically
regulate the APL/PEEP Valve. Excess output pressure exhausts through the vents until it
reaches the setpoint.
When Emergency Ventilation is switched Off, the Mechanical APL must be set to minimum. If
the Mechanical APL is set to a higher pressure, the Emergency APL Actuator may not be de-
pressurized. This may affect the normal APL function.
1.APL/PEEP Valve Coil

2.Emergency APL Actuator
APL/PEEP Valve Coil

The movable axis of the APL/PEEP Valve Coil controls the opening of the APL/PEEP Valve in
the cassette by pushing the valve membrane into desired position. The valve coil axis can be
activated (pushed up) into desired position in two different ways:
During automatic and manual ventilation, power supply to the coil is regulated so that the
airway pressure in the patient system is kept on the APL/PEEP level set by the operator.
During emergency manual ventilation, the axis is pushed up into desired position by the
mushroom valve inside the Emergency Valve Actuator mounted underneath the APL/PEEP
Valve Coil. The setting is controlled by the Mechanical APL knob
The APL/PEEP Valve is fully open as long as the axis is not activated.
66 76 980_05 3 - 53
Emergency APL Actuator

The Emergency Valve Actuator consists of a mushroom valve mounted underneath the
APL/PEEP Valve Coil. During emergency manual ventilation, the mushroom valve will be
inflated by the gas pressure from REG5. The movable APL/PEEP Valve Coil axis will be pushed
up into desired position by the inflated mushroom valve.
Gas pressure (supplied by REG5) to inflate the mushroom valve is regulated to correspond to
the Mechanical APL level set by the operator.
The mushroom valve must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
Gas analyzer zero calibration gas intake

There are two calibration gas intakes located behind the Mechanical APL knob in the
Emergency Ventilation section:
PGA Gas Analyzer AION zero calibration gas intake. Ambient air is supplied to the AION gas
analyzer to establish a gas zero concentration reference.
CGA Gas Analyzer AION zero calibration gas intake. Not used from System version 3.0 (or
above). CGA was deactivated/removed from System version 3.0.
Oxygen Connector Block

The Oxygen Connector Block is a metal housing that comprises a number of O2 connections. It
is also housing for the Oxygen Flow One-way Valve OV13, Oxygen Flow Filter and the High-
pressure Bleed-flow Device.
Oxygen Flow One-way Valve

The Oxygen Flow One-way Valve OV13 is mounted on the Oxygen Connector Block. The valve
prevents leakage from the O2 Flush valve into the Emergency Ventilation section. A leakage
from O2 Flush (malfunction in OV13) may result in a leakage through the Excess pressure vent
in REG5.
The one-way valve must be replaced during Preventive Maintenance.
Oxygen Flow Filter

A filter (mesh net) inside the Oxygen Connector Block will prevent loose particles (e.g. particles
from a broken one-way valve OV13) from entering the O2 supply to Fresh Gas tubing.
Bleed-flow devices
There are two Bleed-flow devices in the Emergency Manual Ventilation section:
High-pressure bleed-flow device mounted on the Oxygen Connector Block. A possible
leakage from the Emergency Ventilation Switch will be routed to the O2 Flush channel via this
device.
Low-pressure bleed-flow device mounted behind Vaporizer slot 2 locking handle (connected
with tubing). Will evacuate pressure from the Emergency APL Actuator. Without this bleed-
flow, a possible leakage from the Emergency APL Pressure Regulator REG5 may inflate the
Emergency APL Actuator and interfere with the APL/PEEP setting. Such leakage will increase
the pressure in the patient circuit and will be detected by the System checkout if it is outside
the SCO limits. The bleed-flow will also make the setting of REG5 more stable.
66 76 980_05 3 - 54
16. System checkout

The System checkout section contains the pneumatic System Checkout Valve PV6. This valve
is used during the System checkout (SCO). It will either plug the Y-piece during leakage checks
or allow a gas flow through the system during other parts of the SCO.
Due to a change in the SCO valid in System version 2.1 and System version 2.2, the System
checkout valve was no longer required and the design of the System checkout section was
changed. The System Checkout Valve PV6 was removed and the connecting gas channels
were plugged. Instead, the Safety Valve was used to de-pressurize the system during SCO.
From System version 3.0 (or above), and removal of the Control Gas Analyzer, further changes
in System checkout were required and the System Checkout Valve PV6 was reintroduced.
Units with S/N 15002000 were manufactured without the System Checkout Valve PV6 and the
System Checkout Pilot Valve EMV3. As the System checkout valve is a prerequisite for System
version 3.0 (or above) these units must be retrofitted with a System checkout valve. All required
parts are available in a spare parts kit.
1. System Checkout Valve PV6 including

System Checkout Actuator PP4
2. Drive gas connector to PP4
3. Plastic EVAC connector
4. 4. Test plug. Connector for Y-piece during
SCO
System checkout valve

The System Checkout Valve PV6 is a spring-loaded pneumatic valve. The valve can be either:
Closed, controlled by the internal spring.
Open, controlled by the System Checkout Pilot Valve EMV3. The 200 kPa drive gas from
EMV3 is connected to the drive gas connector and the System Checkout Actuator PP4 will
open the System Checkout Valve PV6.
During System checkout (SCO), the patient tubings Y-piece must be connected to the System
checkout valve.
When the valve is closed, the connector will act as a plug. With a plugged Y-piece, the SCO
leakage checks can be performed.
When the valve is open, a fresh gas flow through the system will be allowed. The fresh gas
from the Y-piece will pass through the System checkout valve and be routed to the EVAC
reservoir. This is used e.g. during gas analyzer checks.
66 76 980_05 3 - 55
The valve is only used during System checkout. During normal operation, the valve is kept
closed by its spring.
Test plug
During System checkout (SCO), the patient tubings Y-piece must be connected to the Test
plug. With a plugged Y-piece, the SCO leakage checks can be performed.
66 76 980_05 3 - 56
17. EVAC
EVAC is a passive gas scavenging system that evacuates all excess gas, breathing gas as well
as drive gas from the system. The AGS outlet is connected to the hospitals anesthesia gas
scavenging system that will supply the negative pressure required for gas evacuation.
1. EVAC Reservoir
2. Exhaust gas from Patient Cassette
3. Tubing between flow indicator and AGS outlet
4. Evacuation from Drive Gas Safety Valve
5. AGS Flow Indicator
6. Tubing between reservoir and flow indicator
7. Evacuation from Vaporizer scavenging valves
66 76 980_05 3 - 57
EVAC Reservoir
Excess gas is collected and evacuated from the system by means of a negative pressure
created by the hospitals anesthesia gas scavenging system. To handle larger gas volumes, the
system is equipped with an EVAC Reservoir. This plastic container has an air intake towards
ambient air to avoid excessive high negative pressures in the system.
The EVAC Reservoir, the AGS Flow Indicator and the EVAC Hytrel tubings must be
disassembled and cleaned during Preventive Maintenance.
AGS Flow Indicator

The AGS Flow Indicator is connected between the AGS outlet and the EVAC Reservoir. When
the hospitals anesthesia gas scavenging system is connected and active, the float in the
indicator will show if the flow is sufficient. A flow of at least 25 l/min is required for sufficient gas
evacuation.
CAUTION: Ensure that the EVAC system is correctly connected after any service
intervention. Running the system with a poor connection may result in anesthetic
agent being emitted into the operation environment. Leakages in the EVAC system
will not be detected by the System checkout.
66 76 980_05 3 - 58
18. Control Panel

The Control Panel is the main user interface during operation of the system. Setting of different
parameter input values is made with the help of the following different interface devices:
Rotary knob (rotary encoder with switch).
Membrane buttons.
Screen with active touch pads.
A new version of the Control Panel was introduced during Q1 2012. Both the old and the new
versions are described in this manual:
Version A: Control Panel including Display with lamps
Version B: Control Panel including Display with LED
The Display/Touch Panel of Version A (with lamps) will be discontinued as spare part. If
replacement of the Display/Touch Panel is required, e.g. during service, the spare part LED
Display kit must be used. This kit contains all parts required to mount an LED Display in a
Control Panel previously equipped with a display with lamps.
66 76 980_05 3 - 59
Control Panel of Version B, main parts: 4. PC 1963 Backlight Inverter

1. Rear cover 5. PC 1925 Display CPU
2. PC 1924 Display Connection 6. Control panel frame
3. LED Display/Touch Panel
PC 1924 Display Connection

PC 1924 Display Connection connects most of the parts inside the Control Panel. It connects
also the Control Panel Cable to PC 1922 Panel. This cable supplies:
Power +12 V UNREG. A converter on PC 1924 supplies +12 V UNREG, +5 V and +3.3 V to
PC 1925 and to the TFT display.
CAN bus. There is no CAN signal handling on PC 1924, the CAN bus is connected to PC
1925.
Audio. The Audio signal is amplified on PC 1924 and connected to the loudspeaker inside the
Control Panel. As safety features, the power supply to the loudspeaker is measured and
furthermore a microphone on PC 1924 monitors the loudspeakers audio signal.
Display. The Display signal is connected to the TFT display in the Display/Touch Panel.
Note: PC 1924 of revision 04 (or above) is required for Version B.
Display/Touch Panel
The Display is a 15 TFT (Thin Film Transistor) screen for color display of picture- and
alphanumeric data. The screen brightness can be manually adjusted using the membrane
button Screen layout. Selectable brightness levels are 100%, 75% or 50%.
The Touch Panel implies the touch function of the screen and is interactive with information
shown on the Display.
66 76 980_05 3 - 60
Version A: The Backlight lamps inside the Display/Touch Panel are driven from the Backlight
Inverter. Estimated lifetime (with acceptable brightness level) for the lamps is 30.000 hours.
Using Service & Settings, a backlight time meter can be shown. This time meter must be reset
after replacement of the lamps.
Version B: The LEDs inside the Display/Touch Panel are driven from PC 1963 Backlight
Inverter. It is estimated that the Control Panel of Version B will maintain an acceptable
brightness level during the units lifetime. Using Service & Settings, a backlight time meter can
be shown. This time meter is intended primarily for the Version A, but can be used also on
Version B. The time meter must be reset after replacement of the LEDs Display/Touch Panel.
Except for the backlight lamps in Version A, the Display/Touch Panel is handled as one
complete part
Backlight Inverter Version A

PC board with driving stage for backlight (lamps) mounted inside the Display/Touch Panel. The
supply voltage delivered by the Backlight Inverter is 660 V.
WARNING! The PC board generates 660 V. All personnel must exercise extreme
caution if fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power supply connected
and with covers removed.
PC 1963 Backlight Inverter Version B

PC board with driving stage for backlight (LEDs) mounted inside the Display/Touch Panel. The
supply voltage delivered by PC 1963 Backlight Inverter is 12 V.
PC 1925 Display CPU

Some features included on PC 1925 Display CPU are:
Microprocessor on this board includes control of the functions of the Control Panel.
Membrane buttons are mounted on this board.
The Rotary knob is connected to and managed by this board.
The adjustable screen brightness function is controlled by this board.
Malfunctions in the display, the loudspeaker and the microphone is detected and
communicated by this board.
The CAN communication with the Control Panel is controlled by this board.
system.
Information from the backlight time meter is stored on PC 1925.
Note: The System software must be re-installed if PC 1925 is replaced.
Rotary knob
Rotary knob is an optical rotary encoder with switch that is connected to and managed by PC
1925.
Loudspeaker
For generation of sound, e.g. alarm. The loudspeaker generates different tones with individual
sound volumes. At startup and during System checkout the function of the loudspeaker is
monitored by the microphone on PC 1924. During operation, it is continuously monitored
through current sensing.
66 76 980_05 3 - 61
19. Power Section

The Power Section main parts are:
AC/DC Converter.
PC 1923 Power Control.
PC 1903 External Connectors.
Fan 1.
Power backup battery.
The Power Section main functions are:

Supply DC voltage to the different
subsystems.
Manage Power On/Off including
Emergency Ventilation Switch.
Manage the Power backup battery
functions (connect, charge and monitor
the battery).
Monitor the temperature inside the
system and as a result, control Fan 1.
1. Battery connector 5. Lamp connector

2. Battery sense connector 6. AC/DC Power inlet
3. Gas cylinder pressure connector 7. AC/DC Converter
4. PC 1903 External connectors (behind panel) 8. PC 1923 Power control
66 76 980_05 3 - 62
AC/DC Converter
The AC/DC Converter is a complete unit adapted for the FLOW-i system.
The AC/DC Converter supplies 12 V_AC_DC to PC 1923 Power Control. The output from the
AC/DC Converter is 11-16 V DC and the output level is controlled by an analog 0-5 V signal.
Mains power is supplied to the AC/DC Converter via the AC/DC Power inlet, which is equipped
with two 6.3 A fuses.
PC 1923 Power Control

PC 1923 Power Control main functions are:
Manage Power On/Off including Emergency Ventilation Switch. The Power button and the
Emergency Ventilation Switch are connected to PC 1923.
When the system is switched On with the Power button, PC 1923 selects power source
and will power-up the different subsystems.
When the system is switched Off, or when Emergency Ventilation is switched On, PC 1923
will shut down power supply the different subsystems.
Supply DC voltage to the different subsystems, refer to diagram below.
Manage the Power backup battery functions. In case of mains power failure, PC 1923 will
switch to battery power supply. During battery operation, battery status (requested by
Monitoring subsystem) will be shown on the Control Panel. The system will be switched off
when battery voltage is below 10.8 V. When mains power is connected, PC 1923 will handle
charging of the battery.
Monitor the temperature inside the system and as a result, control Fan 1. A number of
temperature sensors inside the unit, including a sensor integrated in the Power Control CPU,
measures the temperature. This is further described in section Fan 1 below.
system.
Information required by the system is stored on PC 1923. Refer to section Information stored on
PC boards in chapter Disassembling and assembling.
Start-up safety feature

A prerequisite for starting-up the system is that the fan rotates. This safety feature is
implemented to ventilate the unit prior to start-up in case of an increased O2 concentration
inside the unit (e.g. due to a small O2 leakage). A tacho sensor integrated into the fan monitors
the fan rotation. This sensor signal is used by PC 1923 to control a relay on PC 1938 Mains
Connection and a transistor switch located on PC1923. Only if the fan is detected to rotate,
mains power will be supplied from PC 1938 to the AC/DC Converter (which in turn will power-up
PC 1923), and battery voltage will be connected via the transistor switch to the remaining
circuitry on PC 1923.
If the fan stops rotating during the Power On start-up phase, both power supplies will be
disconnected. Approximately 40 seconds after Power On, supervision of the fan rotation is
overtaken by the Monitor subsystem and PC 1923 will no longer be able to disconnect the
power supplies if the fan stops. In case Power Off is made, PC 1923 will again supervise the fan
rotation and disconnect the power supplies if the fan is detected to stop.
Note: In order to be able to switch On the system, it is necessary that the power backup battery
is connected. A battery supply voltage of at least 8 V is required. This initial supply from the
battery is needed for initiation of the Power On start-up functionality described above.
66 76 980_05 3 - 63
B fuse: Blow fuse

E fuse: Electronic fuse
P fuse: PTC resistor
C lim: Current limitation
PC 1903 External Connectors

PC 1903 External Connectors is a connector board for:
Power backup battery. Connects power supply from the battery. This power supply is short-
circuit protected by fuses F1 and F2 (25 A).
On PC 1903 revision 04 or lower, the fuses can be replaced. Always replace both fuses at
the same time. It is however recommended to replace the complete PC 1903.
On PC 1903 revision 05 or higher, the fuses are fixed and cannot be replaced. In case of a
blown fuse, PC 1903 must be replaced.
Note: Before replacing PC 1903 (or fuses), the root cause to the blown fuse must be
remedied.
Battery sense. Battery sense signal cables are used for measuring the battery voltage and the
temperature of the battery/battery compartment. The Battery sense cable connected to the
negative battery pole includes a thermistor.
Cylinder pressure. Connects the pressure transducers in the optional Backup Gas Trolley,
Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder in order to display the cylinder gas pressure on the
Control Panel.
LED Lamp. Supplies 12 V to the LED lamp mounted inside the Control Panel swivel arm.
Includes an ID PROM. The ID information can be read by the system.
66 76 980_05 3 - 64
Fan 1
Fan 1 is located behind the fan filter below the CO2 Absorber. The fan forces cooling air into the
unit.
A tacho sensor integrated into the fan provides the fan rotation signal. The system can be
switched On only if fan rotation is detected. Refer to PC 1923 Power Control above for further
information.
The fan speed is regulated by temperature sensors inside the unit:
Low fan speed. The fan runs with low speed if the temperature at the NTC resistor on PC
1907 is below 40 C and the temperature at the Power Control CPU is below 50 C.
High fan speed. The fan runs with high speed if the temperature at the NTC resistor on PC
1907 is above 40 C or the temperature at the Power Control CPU is above 50 C. The fan
also runs with high speed during the first 20 seconds after mains voltage is detected, or
Power On is made when no mains power supply cable is connected.
Power backup battery

The Power backup battery is a sealed acid-lead rechargeable battery. The battery is rated 12 V,
approx. 40 Ah.
In case of mains power failure, PC 1923 will switch to battery power supply. During battery
operation, battery backup time will be shown on the Control Panel. Operating time on backup
battery is approx. 90 minutes. The system will be switched off when battery power is below
10.8 V.
The battery is continuously charged when mains power is connected to the system. Charging
time for a depleted battery is approx. 6 hours.
The battery must be replaced every three years. The lifetime of the battery may however be
reduced if it is used frequently to supply power or if the battery temperature is above 50 C.
LED Lamp
A LED lamp is a reading lamp integrated into the Control Panel swivel arm. The brightness can
be adjusted with the DIM knob on the swivel arm.
66 76 980_05 3 - 65
20. Power Connection

The Power Connection main parts are:
Mains power inlet.
PC 1938 Mains connection including mains power inlet fuses F5/F6 and lift fuses F1/F2.
Isolation transformer fuse.
Relay to distribute mains power when fan rotation is detected.
The Power Connection main functions are:

Connection and distribution of fused mains power to the different units that require mains
power.
Connection of the optional Auxiliary Power Outlets and its associated Isolation Transformer
incl. fuse (circuit breaker).
Handle the start-up safety feature that supplies mains power to the Power section only if Fan
1 works.
1. Fuse F1 Lift fuse (C30 only) 5. Fuse F5 Mains power inlet fuse
2. Fuse F2 Lift fuse (C30 only) 6. Fuse F6 Mains power inlet fuse
3. Mains power inlet 7. PC 1938 Mains connection
4. Equipotential terminal (earth) 8. Isolation transformer fuse
66 76 980_05 3 - 66
Mains power inlet

Mains power supply to the system is connected with a cable to the Mains power inlet. The
connector is not equipped with fuses, the mains power fuses are located on PC 1938.
Cable listed below has passed EMC requirements specified in IEC 60601-1-2 ed. 3:
Mains power cable 100-120 V; 3.0 m / 220-240 V; 3.5 m
PC 1938 Power Connection

PC 1938 Power Connection main functions are:
Mains power inlet fuses F5 and F6 are mounted on PC 1938. The fuses are rated 4 A (230
VAC) or 8 A (110 VAC).
Connection and distribution of mains power to the different units that require mains power:
Power section. Start-up safety features on PC 1938 checks that Fan 1 works (fan rotation is
detected by its tacho sensor). If fan rotation is detected, relays on PC 1938 will be switched
on and mains power will be supplied to the Power section to allow system startup.
Auxiliary Power Outlets including power supply to a Patient Monitor. These power outlets
are supplied by an Isolation Transformer.
Lift. Mains power supply fuses F1 and F2 for the lift are mounted on PC 1938. The fuses are
rated 1 A (230 VAC) or 2 A (110 VAC).
Isolation transformer fuse

Mains power supply to the Isolation transformer is fused by a circuit breaker rated 6 AT (230
VAC) or 12 AT (110 VAC).
66 76 980_05 3 - 67
21. Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC board

The Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC board
main parts are:
PC 1927 O2 Flush.
PC 1928 Power On/Off.
Power button.
The Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC board

main functions are:
Detect if O2 Flush is used.
Show vaporizer status with the Vaporizer
LEDs mounted on the board.
Connect Power button and Emergency
Ventilation Switch. This information is
communicated to PC 1921 Monitoring and
PC 1923 Power Control.
Switching the unit to System SW installation
mode using the Boot enable switch.
1. PC 1927 O2 Flush 3. PC 1928 Power On/Off

2. O2 Flush button 4. Power button
PC 1927 O2 Flush
PC 1927 O2 Flush comprises electronics for handling of:
O2 Flush. Detects if the O2 Flush valve is open. For redundancy, a 2-pole switch is integrated
in the O2 Flush button. Both poles must be closed to detect the O2 Flush valve as open.
Vaporizer status LED lamps. Show vaporizer status with the Vaporizer LEDs, visible just
above the vaporizer slots. The LEDs are mounted on this board. There are two sets of LEDs,
one for each vaporizer slot. Each set of LED contains three LEDs; green, yellow and red. The
LEDs indicate:
Green: The selected vaporizer has passed the System checkout or Vaporizer check, and is
ready to deliver agent.
66 76 980_05 3 - 68
Yellow:
The vaporizer slot is selected but no vaporizer is present.
The selected vaporizer slot holds an unchecked vaporizer.
The selected slot's vaporizer is being filled.
The selected slot's vaporizer has triggered an alarm, i.e. vaporizer nearly empty.
Red: The vaporizer is disabled. The power to the vaporizer is shut off (the condition is
applicable to both slots, i.e. not only the selected slot).
Not lit/Off: The vaporizer slot is not selected.
PC 1928 Power On/Off

PC 1928 Power On/Off comprises electronics for handling of:
Power button. The Power button is a 2-pole switch that is connected to PC 1928. A white LED
inside the button is lit when power to the system is switched on.
Mains power connected LED. A green LED on PC 1928 is lit when mains power is connected
to the system. The LED is visible through a hole in the cover panel close to the Power button.
Emergency ventilation switch. The Emergency ventilation switch, located behind the
Emergency Ventilation cover, is a 2-pole switch that is connected to PC 1928.
Boot enable switch. The Boot enable switch on PC 1928 is used during System software
installation. The switch must be pressed during startup to enable the System SW installation
mode. For instructions, refer to chapter Service procedures.
Power button
The Power button is used to start-up the system. A white LED inside the button is lit when the
system is switched On. A glass cover protects the button.
For redundancy, the Power button contains a 2-pole switch. Both poles must be closed to
enable system start-up.
66 76 980_05 3 - 69
22. PC 1919 Expiratory channel

PC 1919 Expiratory channel is part of the Expiratory Flowmeter sub-system. The Expiratory
Flowmeter sub-systems main responsibilities are expiratory flow measurement and patient
cassette handling. Expiratory flow measurement is performed by the Expiratory Flow
Transducer in the cassette.
PC 1919 is connected to the Patient cassette via PC 1918 Exp. cannel connector.
PC 1919 contains electronics including microprocessor for handling of:
Expiratory flow measurement performed by the Expiratory Flow Transducer inside the
cassette. The output signal Exp. Flow is an analogue signal used in sub-systems Control and
Monitoring.
All electronic connections to and from the Patient Cassette.
Measurement of Fresh gas pressure and Inspiratory pressure via PC 1781 (F) and PC 1781
(I). PC 1919 contains holders and electrical connectors for these pressure transducer boards.
Control of the APL/PEEP Valve and the Fresh gas safety valve functions.
A DC/DC converter on PC 1919 generates 200 VDC to the Expiratory Flow Transducer drivers.
A discharge circuitry makes sure that the capacitor that carries 200 V is discharged when the
cassette is disconnected.
WARNING! The PC board generates 200 V. All personnel must exercise extreme
caution if fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power supply connected
and with covers removed.
The CAN bus is responsible for all communication excluding the analogue flow signal.
A thermistor on PC 1919 monitors the temperature. An alarm is activated if the temperature is
77 5 C or higher or if the temperature sensor is not connected (e.g. due to poor connection).
Green and red LEDs indicate activities related to PC 1919. The LEDs are described in chapter
Troubleshooting.
66 76 980_05 3 - 70
PC 1781 (F) Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer

PC 1781 (F) Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer is mounted on and electrically connected to PC
1919 Expiratory channel. The transducer is pneumatically connected to the fresh gas connector
muff via a gas pressure tube. The connector muff is located close to the fresh gas modules.
proportional to the measured pressure thus giving a linear measurement in the range -40
cmH2O to +140 cmH2O (inaccuracy 5% or 1 cmH2O).
PC 1781 (I) Inspiratory Pressure Transducer

PC 1781 Inspiratory Pressure Transducer is mounted on and electrically connected to PC 1919
Expiratory channel. The transducer is pneumatically connected to the inspiratory channel in the
Patient Cassette via a gas pressure tube.
proportional to the measured pressure thus giving a linear measurement in the range
-40 cmH2O to +140 cmH2O (inaccuracy 5% or 1 cmH2O).
66 76 980_05 3 - 71
23. PC 1920 Control

PC 1920 Control is the main board for the Control sub-system. The Control is the actuating sub-
system and Monitoring is the supervising sub-system.
The Control sub-systems main responsibility is functions for the patient treatment, i.e. how to
regulate the inspiratory and expiratory gas flow.
PC 1920 comprises electronics including microprocessor for handling of:

Inspiratory control and regulation (fresh gas modules, fresh gas safety valve, fresh gas
pressure transducer, insp. pressure transducer).
Anesthesia control and regulation.
Vaporizer control (bypass valve, chamber valves and pressure valves)
Expiratory control and regulation (exp. flow transducer, APL/PEEP valve, water trap and exp.
pressure transducer)
Volume Reflector
Reflector gas control (reflector gas module and reflector pressure transducer).
Absorber sensor (absorber connected or not)
Circuit compliance compensation
Troubleshooting.
A memory backup battery on PC 1920 power supplies the internal memory on the PC board.
The memory backup battery must be replaced after 5 years. If the battery is disconnected or if
the battery voltage is too low, information stored in the internal memory will be lost.
66 76 980_05 3 - 72
24. PC 1921 Monitoring

PC 1921 Monitoring is the main board for the Monitoring sub-system. The Monitoring is the
supervising sub-system and Control is the actuating sub-system.
The Monitoring subsystem main responsibilities within the system are alarm handling, metric
calculation and as master of the CAN-bus. Monitoring also supervises the power and battery
status.

Pressure failure alarm PFA
Barometric pressure
Backup buzzer
Real time clock RTC
Temperature monitoring
System voltage monitoring
Troubleshooting.
the battery voltage is too low, information stored in the internal memory will be lost.
66 76 980_05 3 - 73
25. PC 1922 Panel

PC 1922 Panel is the main board for the Panel sub-system. The Panel sub-systems main
responsibility is to give the user the possibility to interact with the system.
PC 1922 Panel is also used to maintain different logs; event log, diagnostics log, service log
and installation log. Furthermore, PC 1922 is responsible for the FCI protocol.

The graphical user interface on the Control panel.
Metrics and curves on the Control panel.
Setting and display of parameters on the Control panel.
Show trends of important metrics on the Control panel. Trends can be displayed either
numerically or graphically.
User interface for System checkout.
Authorization for service engineers using an USB Service key and present a user interface for
Service & Settings.
Alarm limit configurations and display alarm notifications.
Presentation of various event logs to the user.
User inputs from the touch screen, the knob and membrane buttons.
Data exporting to an external USB memory stick. Data that can be exported includes trends,
logs, screen images and settings. This data, except for screen images, can also be exported
via the Ethernet connector using MCare Remote Services.

LED indicators on PC 1922 Panel are not visible (covered by the connector panel) and cannot
be used during troubleshooting.
The CompactFlash card on PC 1922 contains the language that is installed during System SW
installation. As from System version 3.0, the Vaporizer software will be stored also on the
CompactFlash card. This allows updating the Vaporizers without use of USB memory stick.
The CompactFlash should not be disconnected and moved to another PC 1922.
66 76 980_05 3 - 74
the battery voltage is too low, information stored in the memory will be lost.
The output/input ports are mounted on PC 1922, see illustration below.
1. RS-232 serial port (FCI 1) for FCI 6. Network connection LAN. The Ethernet
(FLOW-i Communication Interface) connection port is intended for MCare
Remote Services.
2. RS-232 serial port (FCI 2) for FCI. This
port can also be used for communication 7. Cable restrainer. External cables connected
with AION, e.g. during service. to the I/O ports must be secured using
Communication with AION is established cable restrainers where available.
via Service & Settings.
8. FLOW-i Remote Services Adapter with
3. Control panel connector LVDS (Low- RJ45 connector. This medical grade
voltage differential signaling) adapter is required for network connection
on systems with PC 1922 versions
4. VGA connector.
equipped with an RJ12 connector.
5. USB port. The intended use of the USB A new version of PC 1922 is planned to be
port is only for USB memory sticks. introduced in production during Q3 2014.
Restricted items include, but are not This new version of PC 1922 is equipped
limited to, external hard drives, USB hubs with an isolated RJ45 connector replacing
and any equipment drawing power from the function of the Remote Services
the USB port. MAQUET recommends Adapter. The Remote Services Adapter is
using a MAQUET USB memory stick for not required on these systems.
this purpose.
Cables listed below have passed EMC requirements specified in IEC 60601-1-2 ed. 3:
RS-232 cable (standard type, unshielded, length max. 3 m)
RS-232 cable (standard type, shielded, length max. 3 m)
VGA cable (standard type, unshielded, length max. 3 m)
LAN cable (RJ45 connector, unshielded, length max. 3 m)
66 76 980_05 3 - 75
26. PC 1900 Main backplane

PC 1900 Main back-plane (1) is an interconnection board for almost all PC boards in the unit.
PC 1781 (R) Reflector Pressure Transducer (2) is mounted on and electrically connected to
PC 1900 Main back-plane.
Includes an ID PROM. The ID information can be read by the system. The units System ID
(Serial No.), configuration, operating time, options, etc, is stored in an EEPROM on PC 1900.
Thus, when replacing PC 1900, a spare part that is factory programmed for the concerned unit
must be used. Other information, also required by the system, is stored on PC 1900. Refer to
section Information stored on PC boards in chapter Disassembling and assembling.
66 76 980_05 3 - 76
27. Lift
The Lift is available on C30 model only. With the mains power connected, the lift function is
operated by means of the Up and Down buttons located to the right of the ON/OFF button.
The Lift is a complete unit that contains an AC/DC Converter and a Lift actuator (DC motor).
AC/DC Converter
The lift is supplied with fused (F1 and F2) mains power from PC 1938 Mains connection. The
AC/DC Converter transforms and rectifies the power supply to approx. 24 VDC.
The ring core transformer is protected by a thermo fuse that will trip at approx. 100C.
During mains power failure, the backup battery in the anesthesia system will not power the lift.
Lift actuator
The lift actuator used is a 24 VDC permanent magnet motor with 200 mm stroke length. Lift
speed is >15 mm/s. The actuator is equipped with a brake which increases the self-locking
ability.
The lift actuator has a 10% duty cycle; it may be used continuously for a 2 minute period, after
which it must cool down for 18 minutes. If the lift is used before it has cooled down completely,
the time of continuous use will be less than 2 minutes.
The maximum capacity is 150 kg, equivalent to approx. 30 kg of auxiliary equipment. For a
detailed description of equipment weight restrictions, refer to Users Manual.
66 76 980_05 3 - 77
28. AFGO
Additional Fresh Gas Outlet (AFGO) is an option to the anesthesia system that allows use of an
external partial rebreathing system, such as Bains, Jackson Rees or Mapleson D.
The AFGO Valve PV7 can be switched to supply Fresh Gas from Vaporizer either to the Patient
Cassette or to the Additional Fresh Gas Outlet Connector. With AFGO enabled, fresh gas will
be supplied to the Additional Fresh Gas Outlet Connector.
When using AFGO the circle system is by-passed and the following can be set:
Gas mix
O2 concentration
Fresh gas flow
Agent concentration
Fresh gas flow ranges are from 1.0 to 20 l/min when using the AFGO and the default settings
are the same as in Manual ventilation.
AFGO Valve
1. Fresh gas from vaporizer

2. Fresh gas to patient cassette (via
safety valve)
3. To AFGO connector
4. Drive gas supply to AFGO Pilot
Valve
5. CGA sampling gas return point.
Not used in System version 3.0.
Plugged on units with S/N 2001
or above.
6. Connector for O2 from the O2
Flush Valve
7. AFGO Pilot Valve EMV18
With the AFGO Valve PV7, the Fresh Gas from Vaporizer is supplied either to the Patient
Cassette or to the Additional Fresh Gas Outlet Connector. The connector is a standard 22 mm
cone and the Fresh Gas flow supplied is max. 20 l/min.
66 76 980_05 3 - 78
The valve is controlled by the AFGO Pilot Valve EMV18:

When EMV18 is not activated, the spring-loaded PV7 will be set to supply Fresh Gas flow to
the Patient Cassette.
When EMV18 is activated, PV7 will be set to supply Fresh Gas flow to the Additional Fresh
Gas Outlet Connector.
The following gas connections are integrated in the AFGO Valve:

O2 from the O2 Flush Valve.
Control Gas Analyzers sampling gas return point (R2). Not used in System version 3.0.
Plugged on units with S/N 2001 or above.
Pilot Valve Drive Gas supply (PV7).
AFGO Pilot Valve

The AFGO Pilot Valve EMV18 is mounted onto and controls the AFGO Valve PV7.
The AFGO Pilot Valve EMV18 is:
Electrically controlled and connected to PC 1907 Valve Drivers.
Supplied with Pilot Valve Drive Gas at 200 kPa (O2 or AIR) from REG2/REG3.
Spring-loaded and will switch off the drive gas supply through the valve if not activated.
The valve function is:
When Additional Fresh Gas Outlet is not selected, EMV18 will not be activated and no
pressure will be supplied to PV7. This will set the spring-loaded PV7 to supply Fresh Gas flow
to the Patient Cassette.
When Additional Fresh Gas Outlet is selected, EMV18 will be activated (open) and supply
pressure to PV7. This will set PV7 to supply Fresh Gas flow to the Additional Fresh Gas
Outlet Connector.
The pneumatic valve PV7 will be de-pressurized to the Additional Fresh Gas Outlet via EMV18.
66 76 980_05 3 - 79
29. Auxiliary Power Outlets

Auxiliary power outlets is an option that contains three extra mains power outlets (IEC) and an
integrated patient monitor power cable. The Auxiliary power outlets are power supplied through
the Isolation Transformer.
The purpose of the Auxiliary power outlets is to provide the possibility for mains power
connection of auxiliary equipment while maintaining the total system earth leakage current
below the limits in IEC 60601-1.
1. Patient monitor fuse

2. Auxiliary power outlets
3. Auxiliary power outlets fuse
The factory mounted option Auxiliary Power Outlets also includes the Isolation Transformer. The
transformer supplies power to the three extra mains power outlets and to the integrated patient
monitor power cable.
Max permissible load is:
230 VAC units: 2 A (extra outlets) + 1 A (patient monitor cable)
The Auxiliary power outlet contains two fuses (circuit breakers):
Patient Monitor fuse rated 1 A (230 VAC) or 2 A (110 VAC)
Power Outlets fuse rated 2 A (230 VAC) or 4 A (110 VAC)
During mains power failure, the backup battery will not power the Auxiliary power outlets.
66 76 980_05 3 - 80
30. Isolation Transformer

The Isolation Transformer is included in the option Auxiliary Power Outlets.
The purpose of the Isolation Transformer is to provide the possibility for mains power
connection of auxiliary equipment while maintaining the total system earth leakage current
below the limits in IEC 60601-1. It provides galvanic isolation from the wall mains outlet.
The transformer supplies power to the three extra mains power outlets and to the integrated
patient monitor power cable.
The Isolation Transformer is located in the power backup battery compartment.
1. Isolation transformer
2. Power In
3. Power Out
The Isolation Transformer is a complete unit that contains a transformer switching relay and a
ring core transformer. There are two different Isolation Transformers available, one for 110 VAC
and one for 230 VAC.
The transformer switching relay is a current limitation that connects power to the transformer in
a controlled and safe way. This will prevent fuses to trip due to high start current in the
transformer.
Power supply to the transformer is protected by a fuse (circuit breaker). The fuse is rated 6 A
(230 VAC) or 12 A (110 VAC).
Max permissible load, as specified for the power outlets, is:
The transformer is protected by a thermo fuse that will trip at approx. 110C.
66 76 980_05 3 - 81
31. Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module

The option Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module can be mounted on the system. The module
contains two main parts:
Flowmeter unit: The intended use is to provide oxygen therapy. Outlet flow is regulated by
means of the flowmeter regulating valve. Current flow is shown by the flowmeter tube.
Suction unit: The Suction unit supplies negative pressure connected to a suction jar. The
intended use is to extract body fluids from the stomach and airways. Suction pressure is
regulated by means of the On/Off switch and the suction unit regulatory valve. The vacuum
gauge shows the current suction pressure.
The module is supplied with drive gas, via gas hoses, from the optional Gas outlets (O2 and Air)
These Gas outlets is a prerequisite for connection of the Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module. Note
that minimum gas supply pressure is 300 kPa.
Refer to the Users Manual for information regarding:
Testing
Cautions
Cleaning
Technical specifications.
1. Air inlet
2. O2 inlet
3. Flowmeter outlet (with tube adapter
attached)
4. Flowmeter tube
5. Flowmeter unit regulatory valve
6. On/Off switch for the suction unit
7. Vacuum gauge for the suction unit
8. Suction unit regulatory valve
9. Mount for hydrophobic bacterial and
viral filter
66 76 980_05 3 - 82
Flowmeter unit
The O2 gas supply hose is connected to the O2 inlet (2). O2 supply pressure must be 300-650
kPa. An O2 filter is mounted inside the module.
Outlet flow is regulated by means of the flowmeter regulating valve (5). Current flow is shown by
the flowmeter tube (4) where the center of the ball aligned to the printed scale corresponds to
the actual flow. Max. flow is 15 l/min. Note that older units have a printed scale up to 10 l/min.
With the tube adapter (3) attached, the flowmeter outlet can be connected to 4, 6 and 8 mm
tubing.
Suction unit
The Air gas supply hose is connected to the Air inlet (1). Air supply pressure must be 300-650
kPa.
The suction pressure is created by an ejector inside the Suction unit. The ejector outlet, inside
the unit, is equipped with a silencer to reduce the sound level from the ejector.
Suction pressure is regulated by means of the On/Off switch (6) and the suction unit regulatory
valve (8). The vacuum gauge (7) shows the current suction pressure.
Max. suction pressure is -60 kPa down to -90 kPa (depending on the Air supply pressure).
The suction jar used in conjunction with the unit must have a volume of at least 0.5 liters. The
tube connecting the suction jar with the suction unit must have an inner diameter of at least 6
mm and not be more than 1 m in length. The tube material should be rigid enough to prevent
occlusion.
A hydrophobic bacterial/viral filter must be connected to the suction unit. It protects the system
against contagious particles and acts as a second overflow protection device in addition to the
device located in the suction jar. The suction unit cannot be operated without a correctly placed
bacterial/viral filter.
A visual inspection and a function check of the Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module must be
performed during the Preventive Maintenance.
66 76 980_05 3 - 83
32. Backup Gas Trolley/Backup Gas Rack

The optional Backup Gas Trolley and Backup Gas Rack acts as a reserve system if the central
gas supply fails. Air, O2 and N2O cylinders can be connected to the corresponding inlets
located on the back of the system.
The gas cylinders are mounted on a Backup Gas Trolley/Backup Gas Rack. The trolley/rack can
carry two cylinders; O2/N2O or O2/Air. The trolley/rack also contains pressure transducers,
safety valves and pressure regulators.
The pressure transducers are connected to PC 1916 Cylinder pressure connection inside the
trolley/rack. A cable connects PC 1916 with PC 1903 External connectors to supply cylinder
pressure information to the system.
The backup gas supply should only be turned ON (valves open) when the backup gas supply is
in use, or during System checkout.
Backup Gas Trolley Backup Gas Rack
66 76 980_05 3 - 84
The Backup Gas Trolley/Backup Gas Rack is equipped with PIN-index connections (yokes) for
2 gas cylinders:
O2 gas cylinder. Max cylinder gas pressure is 20000 kPa (200 bar) before the pressure
regulator.
AIR gas cylinder. Max cylinder gas pressure is 20000 kPa (200 bar) before the pressure
regulator.
N2O gas cylinder. Max cylinder gas pressure is 8000 kPa (80 bar) before the pressure
regulator.
Max. allowed gas cylinder size is: length 655 mm (valve excluded), diameter 140 mm.
The gas inlet channels, inside the yokes, contain inlet filters. The filters must be replaced during
Preventive maintenance.
The gas inlet channels were previously equipped with one-way valves (OV21 and OV22). These
valves are not required as the one-way function is secured by OV4, OV5 and OV6 inside the
Gas Distribution Section. The valves were thus removed in units produced from Q4 2013.
The cylinder gas pressure is reduced to 350 kPa by the pressure regulators (REG21 and
REG22). The gas is then connected to the Gas distribution section via tubing. The pressure
regulators are preset in factory and cannot be adjusted during field service.
The pressure transducers on PC 1916 Cylinder pressure connection are connected to PC 1903
External connectors, thus the gas pressure in the cylinders will be displayed on the Control
panel. Alarm is activated if the gas pressure is outside the preset alarm limits.
The cable connector on PC 1916 is protected by a cover. When this cover is open (e.g. when
the signal cable is connected), the Backup Gas Trolleys locking mechanism is blocked and the
trolley cannot be removed from the system.
There are two safety valves (SV21 and SV22) on the trolley/rack; one for each gas. The safety
valves are preset to open at a pressure of 650 kPa (6.5 bar).
Filters and seals in the yokes as well as cylinder gas supply filters and O-rings in the Gas
Distribution Section must be replaced during the Preventive Maintenance. The gas tube
connections must also be checked during Preventive Maintenance. The gas tube connections
must be tightened firmly with a wrench. It must not be possible to disconnect the gas tubes by
hand (without wrench).
Note: The Backup Gas Trolley/Backup Gas Rack as well as separate gas cylinders must be
secured, by means of a chain or wall mount, when not mounted on the system or when kept in
storage.
66 76 980_05 3 - 85
33. Backup Gas Holder

The optional Backup Gas Holder acts as a reserve system if the central gas supply fails. A gas
cylinder can be connected to the corresponding inlet located on the back of the system.
The gas cylinder is mounted on the Backup Gas Holder. The holder can carry one cylinder. The
holder also contains pressure transducer, safety valve and pressure regulator.
The Backup Gas Holder N2O can only be connected together with a Backup Gas
Trolley/Backup Gas Rack.
The Backup Gas Holder O2 cannot be connected together with a Backup Gas Trolley/Backup
Gas Rack.
The pressure transducer is connected with a cable to PC 1903 External connectors to supply
cylinder pressure information to the system.
The backup gas supply should only be turned ON (valve open) when the backup gas supply is
in use, or during System checkout.
Backup gas holder N2O connected together with a Backup gas trolley
66 76 980_05 3 - 86
The Backup Gas Holder is equipped with PIN-index connection (yoke) for 1 gas cylinder:
N2O gas cylinder. Max cylinder gas pressure is 8000 kPa (80 bar) before the pressure
regulator.
O2 gas cylinder. Max cylinder gas pressure is 20000 kPa (200 bar) before the pressure
regulator.
Max. allowed gas cylinder size is:
For C20: length 655 mm (valve excluded), diameter 140 mm.
For C30/C40: length 595 mm (valve excluded), diameter 140 mm. A bottom plate mounted on
C30 units prevents cylinders with lengths > 595 mm to be connected.
The gas inlet channel, inside the yoke, contains an inlet filter. The filter must be replaced during
Preventive maintenance.
The gas inlet channel was previously equipped with a one-way valve (OV23). This valve is not
required as the one-way function is secured by OV4 and OV6 inside the Gas Distribution
Section. The valve was thus removed in units produced from Q4 2013.
The cylinder gas pressure is reduced to 350 kPa by the pressure regulator (REG23). The gas is
then connected to the Gas distribution section via tubing. The pressure regulator is preset in
factory and cannot be adjusted during field service.
The pressure transducer is connected to PC 1903 External connectors, thus the gas pressure in
the cylinder will be displayed on the Control panel. Alarm is activated if the gas pressure is
outside the preset alarm limits.
There is a safety valve (SV23) on the holder. The safety valve is preset to open at a pressure of
650 kPa (6.5 bar).
Filter and seal in the yoke as well as cylinder gas supply filter and O-ring in the Gas Distribution
Section must be replaced during the Preventive Maintenance. The gas tube connections must
also be checked during Preventive Maintenance. The gas tube connections must be tightened
firmly with a wrench. It must not be possible to disconnect the gas tube by hand (without
wrench).
Note: Gas cylinders must be secured, by means of a chain or wall mount, when not mounted on
the system or when kept in storage.
66 76 980_05 3 - 87
34. Patient Monitor mountings

The system can be equipped with a Patient Monitor. MAQUET supplies optional mechanical
mountings for a number of Patient Monitors from different manufacturers. There is also an
optional Adjustable arm for patient monitor parameter modules available.
Before starting to use a Patient Monitor on the system, ensure that the whole combination
complies with the international standard IEC 60601-1-1 and the requirements of the local
authorities.
After connecting any external electric device to the system, perform a complete system leakage
current test. The leakage current test is a standard procedure regulated by IEC/EN 60601-1 or
corresponding national standards. Allowable values and test methods are defined in the
standard IEC/EN 60601-1 Class 1, Type B.
66 76 980_05 3 - 88
4. DISASSEMBLING AND ASSEMBLING
Only personnel trained and authorized 4. Disassembling and

perform installation, service or assembling
maintenance of the FLOW-i.
General ................................................... 4-2
properly before disassembling and Preparations ........................................... 4-2
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard Handling vaporizers ................................ 4-2
Replacing electrical components ............ 4-3
noted in a log book. Handling PC boards ............................... 4-3
After any installation, maintenance or Replacing PC boards ............................. 4-3
Assembling guidelines ............................ 4-5
Manual check of Emergency ventilation Internal tubing ......................................... 4-5
Cable clamps .......................................... 4-7
User's Manual.
Control panel .......................................... 4-8
electrical components. Discard Covers .................................................... 4 - 10
in accordance with appropriate industrial Gas inlet/outlet block .............................. 4 - 12
and environmental standards. Gas modules .......................................... 4 - 12
Double channel plate .............................. 4 - 13
PC board rack ......................................... 4 - 13
66 76 980_05 4-1
Disassembling and assembling

General
Disassembling of the system is described in this chapter. If not stated otherwise, the assembling
procedure is the reverse of the described disassembling procedure.
The illustrations in the FLOW-i Spare Parts Lists are very useful as a guide when disassembling
and assembling the system.
checkout' and a Manual check of Emergency ventilation system according to instructions in the
User's Manual.
Preparations
Before disassembling or assembling, make sure that:
All gas conveying parts are cleaned according to instructions in the User's Manual.
Gas supply is disconnected (central gas supply and backup gas supply).
Mains power cable is disconnected.
Power button is switched Off. If the Power button is switched On, the power backup battery
will supply power to all electrical components in the unit.
Note that PC 1900 Main back-plane, PC 1903 External connectors, PC 1923 Power control,
the Emergency ventilation switch and the Power button are energized by the power backup
battery also when the Power button is switched Off.
The power backup battery can be disconnected either by disconnecting the battery cables at
the battery terminals or by disconnecting the battery cables (Battery and Battery sense) at
PC 1903 External connectors.
tracing or adjustments are performed with gas supply connected and with covers
removed.
electrical components inside the unit. All personnel must exercise extreme caution if
fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power supply connected and with
covers removed.
Handling vaporizers
Handle the vaporizer with care. Avoid turning a vaporizer containing anesthetic agent upside
down or laying it sideways.
The vaporizers are factory calibrated and leakage tested.
The vaporizer must not be disassembled.
If the vaporizer is dropped, it must be serviced by MAQUET to ensure proper functionality.
Repair or service in case of malfunction must be carried out by MAQUET only.
The RMA procedure must be used when returning vaporizers to MAQUET.
The vaporizer must be emptied before it is returned to MAQUET. Use a bottle with filling adapter
to empty the vaporizer. Refer to emptying instructions in the Users Manual.
Note: There may be small amounts of anesthetic agent remaining in the vaporizer, although the
indicator shows that the vaporizer is empty.
66 76 980_05 4-2
Replacing electrical components

As stated in section Preparations, mains power supply must be disconnected and Power button
switched Off when replacing electrical components. If energized electrical components are
disconnected or connected, this may interfere with the operation of the unit
After replacement of PC boards or other electrical components, it is recommended to perform a
leakage current test. The use of an Electrical Safety Tester is recommended. The leakage
current test is a standard procedure regulated by IEC/EN 60601-1 or corresponding national
standards. Allowable values and test methods are defined in the standard IEC/EN 60601-1
Class 1, Type B.
Handling PC boards
Those who come into contact with circuit boards containing sensitive components must take
certain precautions to avoid damaging the components (ESD protection).
When working with ESD sensitive components, always use a grounded wrist band and
grounded work surface. Adequate service tools must also be used.
PC boards (spare parts) must always be kept in protective packaging for sensitive electronic
device.
PC boards must not be inserted or removed while the mains power or battery power is applied
to the PC boards.
Remove and insert the PC boards very carefully to avoid damage to the connectors.
The PC boards contain components that are highly sensitive to static electricity.
Replacing PC boards
The system software is distributed to the following PC boards:
PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board (included in vaporizer)
PC 1919 Expiratory Channel
PC 1920 Control
PC 1921 Monitoring
PC 1922 Panel
PC 1925 Display CPU
AION PC Board.
When delivered as spare parts, these PC boards are equipped with a 'System software version'
that may differ from the version on the unit to be repaired.
Note 1: PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board is included in vaporizer and is not available as
spare part. Software installation on PC 1910 will be performed with the vaporizer connected
during System software installation and, from System version 3.0, also during the separate
Vaporizer software installation.
Note 2: AION PC Board is included in AION Base Module and is not available as spare part.
Software installation on AION PC Board will be performed during the System software
installation procedure.
66 76 980_05 4-3
To keep the 'System software version' used prior to the PC board replacement, the applicable
'System software version' must be available for reinstallation purposes.
For functionality enhancement, the latest released 'System software version' is always
recommended. Before installing a new 'System software version' on a unit, ensure that the
software is fully compatible with all HW-, SW- and mechanical components in the unit. If any
compatibility conflicts are apparent this will be noted on the 'MCC SW download' website.
Information stored on PC boards

When replacing PC boards, information stored on the board may be lost. See table below.
Information stored PC1900 PC1917 PC1920 PC1921 PC1922 PC1923 PC1925 AION
on Main Exp. Control Monitoring Panel Power Display PC
PC boards back- channel control CPU Board
plane cassette
System info: X
Serial number
System version
Installed
software options
Operating time
(total and
running hours)
Logs and Service X
logs
System checkout X X X
results incl, calibration calibration results
transducer
calibrations
Clinical X
trends
APL knob X
calibration
Barometer X
calibration
Gas analyzer X
calibration
Touch screen X
calibration
Performed X X1
preventive counter
maintenance
Replaced X X1
expiratory counter
membrane
Replaced X1 X
backlight counter
1
Replaced internal X X
battery (Power date
backup battery)
Reset internal X1 X
battery errors
Replaced memory X1
backup batteries
Startup X X X
configurations ventilation alarm units,
made in Service & settings limits language,
Settings waveforms,
displayed
values,
biomed
access
code, etc
Date and time X
setting
Anesthetic agent X
usage, clinical use
Anesthetic agent X
usage, service
use
1
Included in Service report as part of the Service log.
66 76 980_05 4-4
Assembling guidelines
All parts of the system assembled with screws and nuts are tightened with a specified torque.
Thread locking adhesives are used if required.
In order to maintain these specifications over time, it must be ensured that after any service
intervention removed parts are re-assembled and secured according to instructions. Make sure
to follow the guidelines stated below.
Tightening torque
Thread size M3: 0.95 Nm 15%
Thread size M20: 7.0 Nm 15% (nut on release button for cassette lid)
Thread locking adhesives

Electrolube Bloc'Lube BLV15ML on threads in contact with PC boards.
Loctite 243 on all other threads.
Special grease
Lubricants should normally not be used when servicing the unit. If lubricants must be used, use
only very small amounts of grease with P/N 95 73 700. This special grease is O2 compatible.
WARNING! Due to the increased O2 concentration in valves and gas channels, only
special grease intended for use in high O2 concentrations, are allowed.
Internal tubing
During disassembling of the unit, it may be required to disconnect internal tubing. Disconnect
carefully to avoid damage to the tubing or connectors.
CAUTION: Tubing included in the gas sampling system must not be cut before
reconnected. The tubing length is calculated and adapted to the sampling
functionality. Proper operation of the sampling system cannot be ensured if the
tubing length is incorrect. Cut tubing must be replaced.
During assembling of the unit, it is important that all tubing is properly re-connected. Faulty or
poor connections will result in system malfunction.
WARNING! Ensure that the EVAC system, including tubing from scavenging valves,
is correctly connected. Running the system with a poor connection may result in
anesthetic agent being emitted into the operation environment. Leakages in the
EVAC system will not be detected by the System checkout.
66 76 980_05 4-5
Disconnecting and connecting internal tubing
To connect tubing with collar nut: 2. Tighten the collar nut firmly by hand.
1. Push the tubing onto the nipple until stop.
To connect Pressure 2. Connect the tubing to 3. Turn clockwise to tighten

transducer tubing: PC 1781. the connection.
1. Before connecting, turn
the tubing counter-
clockwise about one turn.
To disconnect sampling 2. Put the blade under the To connect sampling tubing:
tubing: tubing end and carefully Carefully push the tubing
1. Carefully lift up the locking pry loose the tube. onto the nipple.
sleeve using a flat-blade Push the locking sleeve
screwdriver. over the nipple by hand
(with two fingers).
66 76 980_05 4-6
Cable clamps
The mains power cable must be secured

with a cable clamp (1)
Cables connected to the Input/Output

ports can be secured with cable clamps
mounted onto the cable restrainer (2).
66 76 980_05 4-7
Control panel
The Control panel showed below (Version B) was introduced during Q1 2012. This Control
panel includes a LED Display/Touch Panel.
The Display/Touch Panel with lamps (Version A) will be discontinued as spare part. If
replacement of the Display/Touch Panel is required, e.g. during service, the spare part LED
Display kit must be used. This kit contains all parts required to mount an LED Display/Touch
Panel in a Control Panel previously equipped with a Display/Touch Panel with lamps.
Control panel of Version B including LED Display/Touch Panel
66 76 980_05 4-8
To disassemble the Control panel:

Remove screws (1) and lift off the rear cover (2).
All parts of the Control panel are now available:
PC 1924 Display Connection (3)
Display/Touch Panel (4)
PC 1963 Backlight Inverter Version B (5)
PC 1925 Display CPU (6)
Control panel frame (7).
electrical components inside the unit, e. g. the backlight lamps in Control panel
Version A that are supplied with 660 V by the Backlight Inverter. All personnel must
exercise extreme caution if fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power
supply connected and with the user interface rear cover removed.
66 76 980_05 4-9
Covers
Front door
To open the front door:
Front door version A with a separate plastic

vaporizer slot housing:
Remove screws (1) and lift off the vaporizer
slot housing (2).
Front door version B with metal vaporizer slot

housing integrated with the front door:
Remove screws (1).
Loosen or remove rails (3 and 4).

Carefully open the door (5).
All parts behind the front door are now

accessible.
When reassembling, follow the procedure

below. This is to ensure that the vaporizer slot
housing and front door are correctly
assembled and do not cause any malfunction.
Carefully close the front door (5) and make
sure that no tubing is pinched by the door.
Version A: Check that there is no gap (at
the arrows) between the front door and the
mounting plate at the vaporizer docking,
e.g. due to pinched tubing.
Hold the door in position and mount the four
screws (1) in the vaporizer slot housing (2).
Secure the front door with the side rails (3
and 4).
66 76 980_05 4 - 10
Rear cover
Disconnect all cables connected to the Input/

Output ports, e.g. the Control panel cable (1).
Loosen or remove rail (2).
Carefully lift off the rear cover (3).
All parts behind the rear cover are now

accessible.
Side cover
FLOW-i C20 shown in illustration.

Disconnect the mains power cable (1).
Loosen or remove rail (2).
Remove all screws (3).
Carefully lift off the side cover (4).
All parts behind the side cover are now

accessible.
66 76 980_05 4 - 11
Gas inlet/outlet block

To remove the Gas inlet/outlet block:
Remove the two screws (1).
Lift off the Gas inlet/outlet block (2).
The Gas inlet filters, the Backup gas inlet

filters and One-way valves OV1-OV6 are
now available.
Gas modules
The four Gas modules are:
1. Reflector gas module
2. Fresh gas module O2
3. Fresh gas module AIR
4. Fresh gas module N2O.
To remove a Gas module:

Remove the two screws (5) holding the
concerned module.
Carefully pull out the module.
66 76 980_05 4 - 12
Double channel plate

To remove the Double channel plate:
Loosen the two screws (1) holding the
plate.
Push the plate to the left and lift off the
plate.
To mount the Double channel plate:

Place the plate onto the screws (1) and
push it firmly to the right as shown in
illustration.
Carefully tighten the two screws holding the
plate.
Note: If the system is switched On and set to

Standby, the bypass valve will open (pulled
in) and will thus not engage the Double
channel plate.
PC board rack
To open the PC board rack:
Remove the two screws (1).
Lift off the PC board rack cover plate (2).
PC boards inside the PC board rack are:

3. PC 1919 Expiratory channel
4. PC 1920 Control
5. PC 1921 Monitoring
6. PC 1922 Panel
7. PC 1923 Power control.
To remove a PC board; pull out from the

rack.
Note: PC 1923 must be pulled firmly.
66 76 980_05 4 - 13
NOTES
66 76 980_05
5. SERVICE PROCEDURES

5. Service procedures
perform installation, service or System software and vaporizer
maintenance of the FLOW-i. software installation ................................ 5-2
Make sure to prepare the system Software option installation .................... 5-8
Service key ............................................. 5 - 10
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard
notices' in chapter 'Important'. Tools .................................................... 5 - 10
Any service or maintenance must be Service & Settings ............................... 5 - 12
noted in a log book. Status S&S .......................................... 5 - 14
After any installation, maintenance or Logs S&S ............................................. 5 - 16
perform a 'System checkout' and a Tests S&S ............................................ 5 - 18
Manual check of Emergency ventilation System checkout tests ........................ 5 - 18
User's Manual. Subsystem tests .................................. 5 - 19
This product contains electronic and Leakage checks .................................. 5 - 19
electrical components. Discard Calibrations S&S ................................. 5 - 21
in accordance with appropriate industrial APL knob ............................................. 5 - 22
and environmental standards. Barometer ........................................... 5 - 23
Gas analyzer ....................................... 5 - 24
Patient gas analyzer
AION check and calibration .............. 5 - 25
Patient O2 sensor check and
calibration ......................................... 5 - 28
Touch screen ....................................... 5 - 31
Service functions S&S ......................... 5 - 32
Service report S&S .............................. 5 - 34
Startup configuration S&S ................... 5 - 35
Settings S&S ....................................... 5 - 36
Sampling line pressure drop test ............ 5 - 38
Leakage detection .................................. 5 - 39
Pressure regulators REG1 REG4 ....... 5 - 51
Mechanical APL calibration .................... 5 - 53
Adjustment of Manual ventilation
valve actuator PP3 ................................. 5 - 55
Adjustment of friction joints .................... 5 - 56
Replacing power backup battery ........... 5 - 57
Replacing memory backup batteries
on PC boards .......................................... 5 - 63
Installation of optional equipment ........... 5 - 65
Interchangeability Control Panel and
Patient Monitor ....................................... 5 - 66
Model C40 Prerequisites and handling 5 - 67
Functional check of backup gas supply . 5 - 69
66 76 980_05 5-1
System software and Vaporizer software installation

General
Before starting any software installation, check the version of the:
Installed System software version (check Status window)
System software version stored on the USB memory stick. Only MAQUET approved USB
memory sticks must be used on the system.
It is not recommended to install System software with lower version number than already
installed in the system.
For functionality enhancement, the latest released System software version is always
recommended. This also applies to vaporizers. Make sure to include all concerned vaporizers
in every System software/Vaporizer software installation.
Installation of Vaporizer software is included in the System software installation. From System
version 3.0, Vaporizer software can be installed without performing the complete System
software installation. Both vaporizer slots can be used during the installation procedure. If
more than two vaporizers are used, the installation procedure must be repeated.
A System software installation may change the system functionality and thus require a new
version of the User's Manual.
Some parts of the configuration may be changed during System software installation. Copy
the Startup configuration to a USB memory stick prior to a System software installation and
reinstall the configuration afterwards.
The System software package, available on MCC SW Download, includes:
Installer
System software.
If the included Installer is of different version than the already installed, it will be installed
during the first phase of the installation. Note that a restart of the installation is required to run
the new Installer.
CAUTION: The system must not be switched off during the Installer installation
process. Such interrupt will make the concerned PC boards defective and the PC
boards must be replaced.
Changes in the System software installation procedure may appear e.g. due to improvements
in the Installer application. Refer to the FLOW-i, System software Installation Instructions,
available on MCC SW Download, for updated instructions.
The System software is distributed to a number of PC boards, see chapter Disassembling
and assembling, section Replacing PC boards. If such PC board is replaced, a System
software installation must be performed to assure that correct software version is installed on
all PC boards. A compatibility check of the PC boards is performed during each system
startup.
the User's Manual.
The System software installation must be reported in MBase.
66 76 980_05 5-2
Compatibility
Before performing any software installation, make sure that the system is fully compatible to the
software. Prerequisites and other important information for different System versions can be
found in chapter 9. Revision history, section FLOW-i Revision history.
Required equipment
A USB memory stick with the System software version to be installed. Only MAQUET
approved USB memory sticks must be used on the system.
Note that from System version 3.0, Vaporizer software can be installed without performing the
complete System software installation and USB memory stick with System software is not
required.
Tool to press the Boot enable switch, e.g. a 2 mm hexagonal wrench.
Service key to access Calibration in Service & Settings may be required.
System software installation procedure

1. Copy the Startup configuration to a USB
memory stick. See chapter Service
procedures > Startup configuration.
2. Switch off the system using the Power
button.
3. Connect the USB memory stick, with the
System software version to be installed, to
the USB port.
4. Make sure that the vaporizers to be
covered by this software installation are
connected. (From System version 3.0,
Vaporizer software can be installed with a
separate installation procedure.)
5. Open the Emergency ventilation cover to

access the Boot enable switch.
6. Keep the Boot enable switch pressed (e.g.
with the hexagonal wrench as shown in
the illustration) and at the same time, start
the system using the Power button.
7. Release the Boot enable switch.
Pressing the Boot enable switch
8. The system will start up and the FLOW-i
Installer screen will open. The installer
screen contains a number of installation
progress bars. The screenshot is an
example of an installation in progress.
In this example:
Installer installation skipped
System software installation in progress
No Vaporizer connected .
Note the information area showing FLOW-i
Installer sequence and installation status.
66 76 980_05 5-3
9. The installation procedure will now start automatically and the installation progress will be
shown on the installation bars. The installation time will be approx. 20 minutes plus 10
minutes if gas analyzer software installation is required. Vaporizer software installation will
add further 3 minutes for each connected vaporizer.
Note: If the Installer included in the System software package is of different version than the
already installed, it will be installed during the first phase of the installation. A restart of the
installation is required to run the new Installer.
CAUTION: The system must not be switched off during the Installer installation
process. Such interrupt will make the concerned PC boards defective and the PC
boards must be replaced.
10. When the installation is successfully

completed (see screenshot), switch off the
system using the Power button.
In this example:
Installer installation skipped
System software installation (including gas
analyzer and vaporizer 1) successfully
completed.
Note the information area showing FLOW-i
Installer sequence and installation status.
FLOW-i Installer sequence color bar:
Green = Installation successfully
completed
Red = Installation failed.
Text fields for information on installation
status, recommended actions and
warnings.
11. If further vaporizers must be updated, connect these vaporizers and repeat the installation
procedure from work step 4 (or perform the separate Vaporizer software installation). The
Vaporizer software installation time will be approx. 3 minutes for each vaporizer.
12. Remove the USB memory stick with the System software.
13. Start the system using the Power button. A second restart may be required due to changes
in the configuration and/or Technical alarms.
14. In the Status window, check that correct System software version is installed.
15. Calibrate the APL knob if the previously installed System software was below 2.2. The
calibration procedure is implemented in Service & Settings and described in chapter Service
procedures > Calibration > APL knob. Service key is required to access Calibration in S&S.
16. Connect the USB memory stick with the Startup configuration to the USB port.
17. In Service & Settings, copy the configuration from the USB memory stick. See chapter
Service procedures > Startup configuration for important information regarding copying of
Startup configuration.
18. Remove the USB memory stick when completed.
19. Perform a System checkout and a Manual check of Emergency ventilation system
according to instructions in the User's Manual.
20. Report the System software installation in MBase.
66 76 980_05 5-4
Installation of the sub-systems on different PC boards is shown on this illustration.
Possible failures
Installation procedure will not start (the Installer screen will not appear):
Installer application on PC 1922 Panel corrupt. PC board must be replaced.
Installation procedure will start, but Installer status color bar on Monitoring and/or Control are
not green:
Installer application on PC 1920 Control and/or PC 1921 Monitoring corrupt. Concerned PC
board must be replaced.
Installer update failed:
Installer file on the USB memory stick corrupt, transfer to flash memory failed, checksum
error, etc. The system must not be switched off. Remove the USB memory stick and insert
again to restart the installation.
System software installation failed:
System software file on the USB memory stick corrupt, transfer to flash memory failed,
checksum error, etc. Switch off the system and restart the System software installation.
66 76 980_05 5-5
Vaporizer software installation procedure

The Vaporizer software is part of the complete FLOW-i System software. From System version
3.0, the Vaporizer software is also copied to (and stored on) the CompactFlash memory on PC
1922 Panel. This gives two alternative procedures for the Vaporizer software installation:
A complete System software installation with the concerned Vaporizer(s) connected to the
system. Requires that a USB memory stick with System software is connected during
Vaporizer software installation. This alternative is valid for all System versions. Must be
performed by a service technician trained and authorized by MAQUET.
A separate Vaporizer software installation (without performing the complete System software
installation). Can be performed by a hospital technician. USB memory stick with System
software is not required. This procedure is described below
Note: This Vaporizer software installation procedure is valid only for FLOW-i with System
1. Switch Off the system using the Power button.

2. Connect the Vaporizer to FLOW-i. Both Vaporizer slots can be used and the software can
be installed in two Vaporizers at the same time.
3. Open the Emergency ventilation cover to access the Boot enable switch.
4. Keep the Boot enable switch pressed (e.g.

with the hexagonal wrench as shown in
the illustration) and at the same time, start
the system using the Power button.
5. Release the Boot enable switch.
Pressing the Boot enable switch

6. The system will start up and the FLOW-i
Installer screen will open. The installer
screen contains a number of installation
progress bars. The screenshot is an
example of an installation in progress.
Note that this software installation
procedure only covers the Vaporizers
(Vap 1 and Vap 2).
In this example:
Vaporizer software installation is in
progress on Vaporizer in slot 1.
Vaporizer in slot 2 is not connected.
66 76 980_05 5-6
7. The installation procedure will start

automatically after 2030 seconds and the
installation progress will be shown on the
installation bars. The installation time will
be approx. 3 minutes for each connected
Vaporizer.
CAUTION: The system must not be
switched off during the Installation
process.
8. When the installation is successfully
completed (see screenshot), switch off the
system using the Power button.
In this example:
Vaporizer software installation on
Vaporizer in slot 1 is successfully
completed.
FLOW-i Installer sequence color bar green.
Note the Status text fields for further
information.
9. If further Vaporizers must be updated, connect these Vaporizers and repeat the installation
procedure.
10. With the updated Vaporizer(s) connected, start the system using the Power button.
11. Check that the updated Vaporizer(s) now are compatible with the system. Alarm messages
TE 924 or and TE 974 must not appear.
12. Perform a System checkout and a Manual check of Emergency ventilation system
according to instructions in the User's Manual.
66 76 980_05 5-7
Software option installation

General
A Software option is individually created for each system and can only be installed on this
system. S/N of the system must be stated when ordering a Software option.
Before starting any Software option installation, open the Status windows in Service &
Settings. Check and note the installed Options.
the User's Manual.
After installation of the AFGO option, an AFGO leakage check must be performed. Refer to
section AFGO leakage check.
Compatibility
Before performing any software installation, make sure that the system is fully compatible to the
software. Prerequisites and other important information for different System versions can be
found in chapter 9. Revision history, section FLOW-i Revision history.
Required equipment
A USB memory stick with the Software option to be installed. Only MAQUET approved USB
memory sticks must be used on the system.
Service key to access Service & Settings (for activation of the AFGO option and the AGC
option).
A 14-18-20 rubber plug from the service kit (for test of the AFGO option).
Installation procedure
1. Copy the Startup configuration to a USB

memory stick. See chapter Service
procedures > Startup configuration.
2. Switch off the system using the Power
button.
3. Connect the USB memory stick with the
Software option to be installed to the USB
port.
66 76 980_05 5-8
4. Start the system using the Power button.

5. Check that USB device connected
appears momentarily on the screen.
6. If the System checkout dialog appears,
do not press any button in the dialog.
7. Check that the Configuration successful-

window appears on the screen.
8. Remove the USB memory stick.
9. Restart the system.
10. The Configuration changed-window

appears on the screen.
12. Connect the USB memory stick with the
Startup configuration to the USB port.
13. In Service & Settings, copy the Startup
configuration from the USB memory stick.
See chapter Service procedures > Startup
configuration for important information
regarding copying of Startup configuration.
14. Remove the USB memory stick when
completed.
16. Open the Status windows in Service &
Settings and check installed Options. The
new installed option must now be included
in the list of installed options.
17. After installation of the AGC option,
perform a test of the pressure drop in the
sampling line. Service key is required. See
section Sampling line pressure drop test.
18. After any installation, maintenance or
service intervention in the system, perform
a 'System checkout' and a Manual check
of Emergency ventilation system accor-
ding to instructions in the User's Manual.
19. After installation of the AFGO option,
perform an AFGO leakage check. Service
key is required. See section AFGO
leakage check.
66 76 980_05 5-9
Service key
The Service key is a USB memory stick provided to personnel trained and authorized by
MAQUET to perform installation, service or maintenance of the FLOW-i.
The Service key and its associated access code are personal and must not be handed-over to
anyone else. The access code is unique for each Service key.
With the Service key it is possible to use different access levels of the built-in service softwares.
These service softwares are:
Tools
Service & Settings
See descriptions below.
Note 1: When saving information to a USB memory stick (logs, screenshots, etc), allow this
procedure to complete before removing the memory stick. Information will be shown on the
control panel when completed.
Note 2: Make sure to log out (select Close) from Service & Settings when completed. If the
Service key is removed with Service & Settings open, a limited access to Service & Settings
remains.
Tools
Connect the Service key.
Press the Menu membrane button. The

Menu will now be extended with the
additional Tools button.
Press the Tools button. Three service tools
will now be provided:
Gas analyzer tool.
Vaporizer tool.
AGC tool (from System version 4.0).
66 76 980_05 5 - 10
Gas analyzer tool

Press this button to display metrics from the
gas analyzer. Can be used e.g. during
verification of the gas analyzer.
The CO2 concentration is always displayed
in % independent of the unit chosen in
Startup configuration.
From System version 3.0, the Control Gas
Analyzer CGA is not used. The Control
column in the Gas analyzer tool will thus not
display any metrics.
Vaporizer tool
Press this button to display the active
vaporizers status, e.g.:
Pressure measured by the Vaporizer
Pressure Transducer. Can be used as an
approximate control of REG1 (120 kPa).
Note that the pressure may vary due to
tolerances in REG1, temperature and
agent volume in the container.
Temperature measured by the
Temperature sensor at the Vaporizing
chamber.
Latest performed System Checkout.
Software versions installed in the
vaporizer.
AGC tool
Intended for advanced troubleshooting.
Use the Save screen function to copy this
screen. Enclose the screenshot when
contacting MAQUET HSC (Headquarter
Support Center) via MSupport.
The AGC tool will be displayed also on units
without the AGC option.
Note that the screenshot must be captured

during ventilation. In Standby, the values
shown are not useful for troubleshooting.
66 76 980_05 5 - 11
Service & Settings

Service & Settings (S&S) is software provided to facilitate troubleshooting, service and
maintenance of the FLOW-i Anesthesia System.
It is only possible to access the Service & Settings with FLOW-i in Standby mode.
The Service & Settings must not be activated with a patient connected to the system.
To enter Service & Settings

Connect the Service key.
Press the Menu membrane button.

Press the Service & Settings button. The
FLOW-i Service & Settings User category
screen will be displayed.
Press Technician.
The FLOW-i Service & Settings User category

screen also contains the Start Remote
Services button. MCare Remote Services
network parameters are set and displayed in
menu Settings > Network.
66 76 980_05 5 - 12
A keypad to enter the access code will now

appear. There are four user levels available
for user category Technician:
Biomed: Access code 1973 (default).
Service key not required. Described in the
Users Manual.
Authorized biomed. Intended for hospital
personnel trained and authorized by
MAQUET. Service key with personal
access code is required.
SSU/SSP. Intended for trained and
authorized MAQUET and MAQUET
partners personnel. Service key with
personal access code is required.
Headquarter. Intended for MAQUET
headquarter only. Service key with
personal access code is required.
The Service & Settings Overview screen will

be displayed.
Service & Settings functions are further
described in this chapter. See sections:
Status
Logs
Tests
Calibrations
Service functions
Service report
Startup configuration
Settings.
The table in chapter Diagrams shows the
Authorized biomed and the SSU/SSP
access level of Service & Settings.
Make sure to log out (select Close) from

Service & Settings when completed. If the
Service key is removed with Service &
Settings open, a limited access to Service &
Settings remains.
66 76 980_05 5 - 13
Status S&S
General
The systems Status can be displayed in Service & Settings.
Required equipment
Service key with access to Status in Service & Settings.
Status menu
Enter Service & Settings.
Note: The system must be in Standby mode.
Press the Status button. The following sub-

menus can now be selected:
System
Gas analyzer
Hardware
Software
Options.
Press the System button. General system

information is now displayed:
Gas supply pressure
Vaporizer status
Battery status
Serial number
System version
System software version
Operating time
Next preventive maintenance
Patient cassette status
Network status
Control panel status.
66 76 980_05 5 - 14
Press the Gas analyzer button. Information

about the gas analyzer is now displayed:
Software version
AION
O2 sensor.
Press the Hardware button. Information

from components with ID/status PROMs is
now displayed:
Part name
Article number (P/N)
Version number (revision)
Serial number.
Press the Software button. Information

about the vaporizer software is now
displayed:
Software version
FPGA version
BOOT software.
Press the Options button. A list of all

software options installed in the system is
now displayed.
66 76 980_05 5 - 15
Logs S&S
General
A number of logs are accessible in Service & Settings. The logs can be viewed and used for
troubleshooting of the unit.
If further support is required, the logs can be downloaded and sent to MAQUET Critical Care
Headquarter Support Center (HSC) via MSupport. When downloading logs for support purpose,
it is important that all required logs are included. See instructions below.
Required equipment
A USB memory stick for the downloaded logs. Only MAQUET approved USB memory sticks
must be used on the system.
Save log files to USB memory stick
Connect the USB memory stick to the USB

port.
Enter Service & Settings. All access levels in

Service & Settings can be used, Service key
is not required.
Press the Logs button.
66 76 980_05 5 - 16
In the Logs menu, press the Save to USB

memory button.
If the logs will be attached in an MSupport

case, do not select logs in the Logs menu.
Just press the Save to USB memory button.
All logs required by HSC will be encrypted and
copied to the Logs and Data folder on the
USB memory stick.
If logs (Alarms/Ventilator settings/Events) are
selected in the Logs menu, these logs will be
merged into one text file and saved in the
User Logs folder on the USB memory stick.
When completed, press the OK button.
All log files has now been saved in a Logs

and Data folder on the USB memory stick.
Send log files to HSC
Insert the USB memory stick to a computer

and open the MCC HSC Support Logs folder
on the USB memory stick.
In the \Logs and Data\MCC HSC Support
Logs folder, select the folder with the correct
date. The folder name structure is:
S/N_Date_Time.
Compress this folder (e.g. to a zip or rar
archive).
Create a support case in MSupport and

attach the log files (compressed archive).
66 76 980_05 5 - 17
Tests S&S
General
A number of tests are accessible in Service & Settings. The tests can be used for
Required equipment
Service key with access to Tests in Service & Settings.
A 14-18-20 mm rubber plug from the service kit (required for the AFGO leakage check only).
Tests menu
Press the Tests button. The following sub-

menus can now be selected:
System checkout
Control
Monitoring
Panel
Leakage check.
System checkout tests

Press the System checkout button.
Separate tests included in System checkout
can now be selected and performed.
All System checkout tests are described in
chapter Troubleshooting.
66 76 980_05 5 - 18
Subsystem tests
The Test menu also contains:
Control
Monitoring
Panel.
These tests are included in System
checkout, but when performed in these
menus, they are limited to each subsystems
function.
Leakage check
Press the Leakage check button. Five
different leakage checks are now available:
Multiple pressure leakage. Described
below.
Internal leakage. Described below.
AFGO leakage. Described below.
AUTO ventilation leakage. Described in
MAN ventilation leakage. Described in
Multiple pressure leakage
Multiple pressure leakage:

This test corresponds to the AUTO
ventilation leakage test, but will be
performed with increasing pressure.
The test starts at 10 cmH2O and will
increase the pressure up to 120 cmH2O.
The pressure is increased in steps of
10 cmH2O.
If this check fails, the Test results log will
include Check Failures (CHK). All CHK
have one unique Check Failure Identifier
(CFI).
66 76 980_05 5 - 19
Internal leakage
Internal leakage:
Before use, make sure that the unit has
passed a complete System checkout.
The Internal leakage check will apply a
pressure of 80 cmH2O.
Can be used as an optional check. This
check can, as a preventive control, find
errors that may cause a future leakage in
the unit.
(CFI).
AFGO leakage
The AFGO leakage check shall be used:
During installation of the AFGO option.
During Preventive Maintenance.
During troubleshooting.
The AFGO leakage check is available in all units, not only those with the AFGO option
activated. The check can however only be performed on units equipped with an AFGO valve.
AFGO leakage:
Before use, make sure that the unit has
passed a complete System checkout.
Connect gas supply (AIR and O2).
Plug the AGFO connector. A 14-18-20 mm
rubber plug from the service kit should be
used.
Select Tests.
Select Leakage check.
Select AFGO leakage.
Press Start.
Make sure to remove the plug from the
AFGO connector when the AFGO leakage
check is completed.
The AFGO leakage check will pressurize
the system and measure the leakage
between the fresh gas modules and the
plugged AFGO connector. The check will
fail if the leakage is above 30 ml/min at a
pressure of 50 cmH2O.
(CFI).
66 76 980_05 5 - 20
Calibrations S&S
General
A number of calibrations are accessible in Service & Settings. The calibrations can be used for
verification, maintenance, etc, of the unit.
Required equipment
Service key with access to Calibration in Service & Settings.
Further equipment required is listed for each calibration procedure.
Calibration menu
Press the Calibration button. Four different

calibrations are now available:
APL knob
Barometer
Gas analyzer
Touch screen.
All calibrations are described below in this
chapter.
66 76 980_05 5 - 21
APL knob
The APL potentiometer must be calibrated:
After replacement of the APL potentiometer.
When the set value differs from the value shown on the screen.
After System software installation if the previously installed System software version is below
2.2. As of version 2.2, APL calibration after System software installation will no longer be
required. In system version 2.2, the APL calibration values have been moved from PC 1921
Monitoring to a persistent memory on PC 1922 Panel.
After replacement of PC 1922 Panel or in case of malfunction in the memory backup battery
on PC 1922.
User's Manual.
Calibration procedure
Select Calibration.
Select APL knob.
Follow instructions in the Calibration APL
knob menu.
66 76 980_05 5 - 22
Barometer
The Barometer must be calibrated:
If the Barometer test in System checkout fails.
If a Technical error code indicates Barometer error.
If the Barometric pressure check performed during installation or Preventive Maintenance
shows that calibration is required, i.e. if the Current barometer pressure differ more than 5%
from the actual barometric pressure.
After replacement of PC 1921 Monitoring or in case of malfunction in the memory backup
battery on PC 1921.
User's Manual.
Required equipment
Barometer or information about the barometric pressure at the installation site.
1. Select Calibration.
2. Select Barometer.
3. Enter a New barometer pressure and
press Set.
4. Check that the new Current barometer
pressure corresponds to the set value.
Note that the new Current barometer
pressure value may differ 1-2 kPa from
the set value.
66 76 980_05 5 - 23
Gas analyzer
Gas analyzer check and calibration as described in this chapter covers:
Patient gas analyzer AION. Check and calibration using Service & Settings.
Patient O2 sensor. Check using Gas analyzer tool (available in Tools) and calibration using
KMG 2000 Service Software.
Note 1: The Patient Gas Analyzer AION and the Patient O2 sensor must be calibrated together
to save the Patient O2 sensor calibration values in AION.
If the gas analyzer check indicates that calibration must be performed, it is only required to
calibrate the unit (AION or O2 sensor) that failed during the check. If both units failed, always
start with O2 sensor calibration.
If AION has been replaced, both units must be calibrated. Always start with O2 sensor
calibration.
If the O2 sensor has been replaced, it is only required to calibrate the O2 sensor.
Note 2: With System version 3.0, monitoring of respiratory and anesthetic gases is changed.
The Control Gas Analyzer (CGA) is no longer used and calibration of Control gas analyzer
AION and Control O2 sensor is thus not required. For information on previous System versions,
refer to chapter Revision history, section FLOW-i revision history.
Before starting any check or calibration of AION or O2 sensor, read the complete Gas analyzer
chapter below to be familiar with the procedures.
Leakage in the system will result in a faulty calibration. Always perform a System checkout
before starting the calibration, refer to the Users Manual.
User's Manual.
WARNING! The calibration gas contains substances that may be detrimental to

your health. During use of calibration gas, assure that the system is connected to
an effective gas evacuation system, e.g. the hospitals EVAC system.
Required equipment
Calibration equipment:
P/N 72 65 908 Collection bag
P/N 72 65 890 Gas regulator
P/N 57 36 322 Calibration gas refill
During calibration of the gas analyzer, a sampling flow of 200 ml/min is used. As the flow
regulator on the calibration gas bottle is set to approx. 150 ml/min, the collector bag must be
used as a gas reservoir to ensure sufficient calibration gas supply.
Gas evacuation system for the calibration gas.
For calibration of the Patient O2 sensor:
PC or laptop with KMG 2000 Service Software.
Service cable, P/N 65 23 570.
66 76 980_05 5 - 24
Prerequisites for calibration

Prerequisites for a successful calibration are:
Ensure that the system operates within its specified operation temperature, humidity and
atmospheric pressure (refer to the Users Manual).
Ensure that the calibration gas has reached a stable temperature within the specified
operating temperature range. Check manufacturers label on the gas bottle for further
information.
Ensure that the system is properly connected to a gas evacuation system.
Start the system in Standby mode and let it stabilize for at least 10 minutes.
Ensure that a System checkout has been performed successfully; refer to the Users Manual.
Patient gas analyzer AION check and calibration
Select Calibration.
Select Gas analyzer.
Check that the Prerequisites are fulfilled.
Press Start.
Connect the breathing circuit (Y-piece) to the

test plug. Make sure that the sampling line is
properly connected.
Press Continue. An additional start test
sequence (a leakage test and a gas analyzer
test) will now be performed. The start test
may take a few minutes.
Note: If the start test fails, the calibration
procedure will end and return to the start page
with an error message.
Connect the calibration gas kit. Patient gas

analyzer AION calibration setup:
Connect the calibration gas kit to the water
trap via a regular patient sampling line.
The 3-way-valve will not be used and it is
recommended to remove it.
Do not open the calibration gas bottle valve
yet.
66 76 980_05 5 - 25
Press Continue. A leakage check of the

calibration gas kit will now be performed.
The software will wait for the gas analyzer to
enter the full accuracy mode before starting
the leakage check.
During this leakage check, the gas analyzer
pump work against a closed calibration gas
valve in flow control mode. The flow is set to at
least 100 ml/min. The flow measured must be
less than 12 ml/min for the test to pass. If the
test fails, the calibration procedure will end
with an error message.
Carefully open the calibration gas bottle

valve to fill the collector bag with calibration
gas.
Note: Fill the collector bag carefully. The bag
will not withstand high gas pressure.
If required, adjust the calibration gas bottle
valve to keep a sufficient amount of calibration
gas in the collector bag during the calibration
procedure.
Press Continue.
The concentration values measured by the

selected gas analyzer will now be displayed.
Check that all values are stable.
The Flow value must be within valid interval.
Press Continue.
Pressing Continue with the Flow value outside

valid interval will end the calibration procedure
and display an error message. Press OK to
return to the start page.
If calibration values already were within valid

interval, no calibration will be performed.
Last page in the calibration procedure will
automatically be displayed.
If calibration was required, new temporary
calibration values will now be displayed but
not saved.
The new values must be accepted (saved) or
rejected within 30 seconds. Press Accept or
Reject.
The values must be within the valid intervals to
be accepted.
Reject or timeout will retain the old calibration
values.
66 76 980_05 5 - 26
Close the calibration gas bottle valve.

Press Finish to return to the Calibration gas
analyzer start menu.
or
Press Factory Default to restore factory
calibration and return to the Calibration gas
analyzer start menu.
Continue with further calibrations or
disconnect the calibration gas bottle.
A completed calibration sequence will display the last page in the calibration procedure.
A dialogue on this page will display the result of the calibration:
If the calibration check resulted in measured calibration values already within valid intervals,
the text Calibration not necessary will appear.
If calibration was performed and accepted, the text Calibration accepted by user will
appear.
A cancelled calibration will also end at the last page if the cancellation was submitted while
showing a page displaying calibration values. In this case, the text Calibration cancelled by
user. Ensure that the calibration gas bottle valve is closed will appear.
The result of the calibration procedure is saved in the Service report log in Service & Settings.
See Logs > Service report.
The result of the calibration procedure (e.g. Last calibration and Last calibration check) is also
saved in Gas analyzer status in Service & Settings. See Status > Gas analyzer.
66 76 980_05 5 - 27
Patient O2 sensor check and calibration

Note: The Patient Gas Analyzer AION and the Patient O2 sensor must be calibrated together to
save the Patient O2 sensor calibration values in AION. The Patient O2 sensor calibration must
be carried out when either of the two units are replaced.
For Patient O2 sensor, calibration is performed with the KMG 2000 Service Software.
The Service Software, run on a PC connected to the system, will enable a number of service
and troubleshooting options.
The Service Software will e.g. display:
Gas concentrations
Status for the different sub-units
Error logs
Error log frequency
Messages from the gas analyzer.
Calibration gas setup:

Connect the calibration gas kit to the water
trap via a regular patient sampling line.
Do not open the calibration gas bottle
valve yet.
Make sure that the 3-way-valve on the
calibration gas tube is set to room air.
Patient O2 sensor check:

This check is not performed in Service & Settings, but the USB service key must be
connected.
Set the system to Manual ventilation (MAN).
Select Start case.
Select Menu > Tools > Gas analyzer tool.
Open the calibration gas bottle valve.
Note: Carefully open the calibration gas bottle valve to fill the collector bag with calibration
gas. The bag will not withstand high gas pressure.
Set the 3-way-valve to calibration gas.
Wait 30 seconds for stabilization.
Check the displayed value for Patient O2 in the Gas analyzer tool:
If the displayed value is within valid range 47.7% 56.3%, calibration is not required.
Allow the system to purge the gas in the calibration setup, including the collection bag,
into the gas evacuation system.
Set the 3-way-valve to room air.
Remove the calibration gas kit.
If the displayed value is outside valid range 47.7% 56.3%, calibration is required.
Close the calibration gas bottle valve. Continue with Patient O2 sensor calibration as
described below.
66 76 980_05 5 - 28
Patient O2 sensor calibration:
Connect the service cable between RS-232

(FCI 2) and the serial (COM) port on the PC.
Note: There are two RS-232 connectors.
The right-side connector must be used.
Start the PC.
In Service & Settings:

Select Service functions
Select Gas analyzer
Select Connect to AION through COM2
for the Patient gas analyzer.
Start Service Software on the PC.

Close the Status window that opens
automatically.
When the Service Software is started and
communication is established, wait at least
10 minutes before the O2 sensor is ready for
calibration. When Op Mode has turned from
ISO to Full, the analyzer is ready for use
(calibration).
Note 1: If the Op Mode has not turned from
ISO to Full after 10 minutes (see the
counter in the toolbar), restart the Service
Software.
Note 2: If there is a problem to establish
OnLine communication between FLOW-i
and Service Software, change the COM port
settings or restart the Service Software.
In the Service Software window:
Press KMG 2000 dropdown list
Select O2 Factory Cal. This will open the
O2 Calibration Setup window.
66 76 980_05 5 - 29
The O2 Calibration Setup window has four

tabs that represent the steps to be
performed. The complete calibration
procedure is described in tab Setup.
Note: When the Service Software starts up,

the default Flow settings is to sample at
200 ml/min. Change the Flow rate to
120 ml/min.
Be aware of that the Flow rate will be reset to
200 ml/min at every tab change in the O2
Calibration Setup window. Flow must be
decreased to 120 ml/min after every tab
switch.
Follow the instructions in the Service Software on how to perform the calibration.
After completed calibration:
Allow the system to purge the gas in the calibration setup, including the collection bag, into
the gas evacuation system.
Set the 3-way-valve to room air.
Remove the calibration gas kit.
In Service & Settings, select Disconnect.
Exit the Service Software. Switch off the PC and disconnect the service cable.
Restart the system.
In Service & Settings:
Select Status
Select Gas analyzer
Check that O2 sensor Last calibration date is updated.
This will complete the calibration in the Patient O2 sensor.
66 76 980_05 5 - 30
Touch screen
The touch screen in FLOW-i uses a nine point calibration algorithm. The touch screen must be
calibrated:
If an inaccuracy is seen in the touch screen function.
After replacement of PC 1922 Panel or in case of malfunction in the memory backup battery
on PC 1922.
User's Manual.
Select Calibration.
Select Touch screen.
The Touch screen calibration menu with 9

reference points (cross marks) will now
appear.
Use a narrow-tipped tool to press at the
center of each cross mark:
This generates a value which is used as
the sample point for the corresponding
reference point.
The cross mark color changes to green to
indicate that the sample point is accepted.
The same cross mark can be pressed
several times. The new sample point value
overwrites the old value.
Pointing at other part of the screen will
make the screen flash in yellow and
generate an attention tone. This indicates
that the sample point is rejected.
When all nine cross marks are pressed and
turned green, the Calibrate button is
enabled. Press the Calibrate button to
complete the touch screen calibration.
The calibration procedure can be restarted by pressing the Delete all marks button. This action
deletes all sample points accepted so far and turns the cross mark color back to black.
The calibration procedure can be cancelled by pressing the Cancel button. This action deletes
all sample points and closes the calibration window. Old calibration values are retained.
66 76 980_05 5 - 31
Service functions S&S

General
Service functions accessible in Service & Settings. They can be used for service and
Required equipment
Service key with access to Service functions in Service & Settings.
Service functions menu
Press the Service functions button. The

following sub-menus can now be selected:
Valve tests
Gas analyzer
Press the Valve tests button:

System valves and vaporizer valves can
now be independently set to either open or
closed. This is for service purposes to check
the function of the different valves.
When completed, press the Reset Valves
button.
Note: Use this tool with care. Improper use

may cause gas emissions (O2, N2O and
anesthetic agents) from the system. If used
with docked vaporizers, make sure that EVAC
is properly connected.
66 76 980_05 5 - 32
Press the Gas analyzer button.

The AION gas analyzer communicates over
a serial communication interface. It is
possible to get external access to this
interface via the COM2 port on FLOW-i.
To be used during calibration of the Patient O2

sensor.
66 76 980_05 5 - 33
Service report S&S

General
Service report in Service & Settings can be used by Field Service Engineers to create and save
service and maintenance information. The selected service tasks will be logged in the Service
report log.
Required equipment
Service key with access to Service report in Service & Settings.
Service report menu
Press the Service report button. The

following service tasks can be reported:
Performed preventive maintenance
Replaced expiratory membrane
Replaced backlight
Replaced internal battery (power backup
battery)
Reset internal battery errors (to reset
persistent Technical Errors, e.g. TE77)
Replaced memory backup batteries
(batteries on PC boards).
It is also possible to open a keyboard and
type information to the service report.
Note: A restart of the system may be required
to view the updated values.
66 76 980_05 5 - 34
Startup configuration S&S

General
Startup configuration in Service & Settings can be used to create and save the units Startup
configuration.
In this menu, it is also possible to save the Startup configuration to a USB memory stick or copy
the Startup configuration from a USB memory stick.
Note 1: Some parts of the Startup configuration may be changed during System software
installation. Copy the Startup configuration to a USB memory stick prior to a System software
installation and reinstall the configuration afterwards.
Note 2: To note when copying Startup configurations between systems:
Copy Startup configurations between systems with the same System version or from a lower
to a higher System version.
Copy Startup configurations between systems with the same installed Software options or
from a system with fewer options to a system with more options.
Required equipment
Service key with access to Startup configuration in Service & Settings.
Startup configuration menu
Press the Startup configuration button.

The following sub-menus can be selected:
General
Units
Screen layout
Displayed measurements
Waveforms
Alarm general
Adult AUTO alarm limits
Infant AUTO alarm limits
Ventilation & gas
Biomed access code. Used to change the
default Biomed access code (1973) to
different four-digit code.
All selectable parameters are shown in the
S&S table in chapter Diagrams.
In this menu, it is also possible to save the
Startup configuration to a USB memory stick
or copy the Startup configuration from a
USB memory stick.
66 76 980_05 5 - 35
Settings S&S
General
Settings in Service & Settings can be used to set date and time, to calculate total anesthetic
agent usage and to configure the MCare Remote Services network connection.
Required equipment
Service key with access to Settings in Service & Settings.
Settings menu
Press the Settings button. The following

sub-menus can now be selected:
Date & time
Agent usage
Network.
Press the Date & time button:

Tap on the value to be changed.
Rotate the rotary knob to change the
value.
Press Save when completed.
66 76 980_05 5 - 36
Press the Agent usage button. The

following options are now available:
Display total anesthetic agent usage in the
unit since last reset of this data (in Service
& Settings)
Date and time for last reset
Reset button
Save Agent usage data to USB memory
stick.
The Reset button will also reset Agent usage

data in the EEPROM on PC 1900 to remove
persistent checksum errors.
Press the Network button. The following

options are now available:
Address setting; Auto (DHCP) or Manual.
If Manual is selected:
IP address
Netmask
Gateway
DNS server.
Network is used to configure the MCare

Remote Services connection. For installation
and setup instructions, refer to the FLOW-i
MCare Remote Services Installation
Instructions.
66 76 980_05 5 - 37
Sampling line pressure drop test

General
The option Automatic Gas Control (AGC) is not possible to run if the pressure drop in the
sampling line is above 70 hPa during System checkout. A dialogue in System checkout will
inform the user that AGC is disabled if the pressure drop is above 70 hPa.
The Sampling line pressure drop test is used to verify that AGC is possible to run on the system.
The first part of test (30 hPa) will check the internal sampling components, from the water trap
via the PGA to R3 in the Patient cassette docking. This test can also be used to check repair
or maintenance performed on these components, e.g. replacement of the Nafion tubing.
The second part of test (60 hPa) will check the complete sampling system with the sampling
line connected between the water trap and the Y-piece. The MAQUET sampling line is
designed (as specified in the Users Manual) for the FLOW-i system and should be
recommended. Other sampling lines may have length or other characteristics that make them
improper to use with the system. Such sampling lines may cause a pressure drop above 70
hPa and disable AGC. The 60 hPa limit in this test is chosen to ensure that the pressure drop
in the system is, with margin, lower than the System checkout limit (70 hPa).
The Sampling line pressure drop test must be performed:
After installation of the option AGC. If the pressure drop in the system is above the test limits,
there is an increased risk that the System checkout will fail later.
During the Preventive Maintenance.
After any service or repair related to the Patient gas analyzer and/or its internal sampling.
Pressure drop test

1. Remove the sampling line (between water trap and Y-piece).
2. Perform the Gas analyzer test (Service & Settings > Tests > Gas analyzer). The test will fail
as the sampling line is removed. This fail can be ignored as the pressure drop value still will
be logged.
3. Open the Test results log and select Display MEA. Go to log post MEA Pressure drop
check PGA Y-piece Sampling Point pressure drop.
4. Check that the pressure drop is below approx. 30 hPa.
If the pressure drop is below 30 hPa, continue with step 5.
If the pressure drop is above 30 hPa, troubleshoot the system to remove the cause.
This could be e.g. kinked or occluded tubing or the water trap. Redo the test to make sure
that the pressure drop is within limit.
5. Connect the sampling line (between water trap and Y-piece).
6. Perform the Gas analyzer test (Service & Settings > Tests > Gas analyzer).
7. In the Test results log (see step 3), check that the pressure drop is below 60 hPa.
If the pressure drop is below 60 hPa, AGC can be used on the system.
If the pressure drop is above 60 hPa, troubleshoot the system to remove the cause.
In this case, the pressure drop is related to the sampling line.
Test results log. The

pressure drop in this
example is 54.4 hPa.
66 76 980_05 5 - 38
Leakage detection
General
The leakage test in the System checkout (SCO), or the in the separate Leakage check, are
performed using a pressure of 50 cmH2O for AUTO ventilation and 30 cmH2O for MAN
ventilation.
The measured leakage for AUTO and MAN ventilation will be displayed separately in ml/min.
A maximum leakage of up to 150 ml/min is allowed for each of the mode (AUTO and MAN).
When a leakage is detected, the leakage check will stop and display 'AUTO ventilation leakage'
or 'MAN ventilation leakage' on the screen.
Note that Test cases related to a leakage in the CGA (Control Gas Analyzer) sampling is not
valid for systems delivered without CGA.
covers removed.
Required equipment
Standard service tools
Leakage detector tool, P/N 68 81 146
Cuff filling/measuring device with manometer (local purchase).
66 76 980_05 5 - 39
Test sequence flowchart

To locate the leakage, follow the test sequence as described in the flowchart below:
AUTO ventilation The test requires a plug

failed ! and/or test equipment
Patient tubing
1 incl. gas sampling and
water trap
2 CO2 absorber
Fresh gas line.

3 Fresh gas line
! 12 Step by step !
4 Reflector gas line

!
13 Reflector gas line.
Step by step !
Volume reflector
5 Volume reflector
incl. socket !
14 incl. socket.
!
Step by step
APL/PEEP valve coil,

6 Man. vent. valve actuator,
Fresh gas safety valve
7 Patient cassette
Patient cassette lid

8 with sample filters
!
Manual ventilation
9 valve actuator !
10 SCO valve
!
11 Undock one vaporizer
15 Leakage Manual ventilation
Test Case 1 Patient tubing

Replace the patient tubing kit including manual breathing bag, gas sampling line and water trap.
Redo the Leakage test in SCO.
66 76 980_05 5 - 40
Test Case 2 CO2 Absorber
1. Remove the CO2 Absorber. The CO2

Absorber inlet and outlet in the patient
cassette will be closed by the two spring-
loaded valves in cassette.
2. Turn the absorber locking switch to
locked position. This will push up the
spring-loaded piston (absorber lifter).
3. Press down the spring-loaded piston to
activate the absorber sensor.
4. Hold the piston down and redo the
Leakage test in SCO. The piston may be
released after two clicking sounds (valves
closing).
If the test passes, the leakage was located to

the CO2 Absorber or the absorber
connections. Possible cause for leakage in
CO2 Absorber:
Cracks or damages in plastics of the
absorber canister.
Damaged seals in the absorber valves (in
the cassette).
Note: The compressible volume in the system

is calculated during this AUTO ventilation
leakage test. As the absorber is removed, the
calculated value will be incorrect.
If a dialog Compressible volume out of range.
Check the breathing system. appears during
this test, select Bypass test.
A complete System checkout, with absorber
connected, must be performed after any
service intervention in the system.
Test Case 3 Fresh gas line

This test case covers the fresh gas line from (and including) the Fresh gas modules nozzle units
to the fresh gas outlet in the safety valve.
1. Remove the patient cassette.

2. Connect the leakage detector and
manometer to the fresh gas outlet on the
safety valve.
3. Pressurize to approx. 80100 cmH2O.
A pressure drop indicates a leakage in the

fresh gas line.
If a pressure drop is noticed, go to Test case
12, Fresh gas line tests. If not, continue with
next case.
66 76 980_05 5 - 41
Test Case 4 Reflector gas line

This test case covers the reflector gas line from (and including) the Reflector gas module nozzle
unit to the reflector gas outlet on the safety valve.

manometer to the reflector gas outlet on
the safety valve.

reflector gas line.
If a pressure drop is noticed go to Test case
13, Reflector gas line tests. If not, continue
with next case.
Test Case 5 Reflector

This test covers the reflector or reflector socket.

manometer to the reflector gas inlet.
2. Plug the reflector gas outlet.

reflector or reflector socket.
If a pressure drop is noticed go to Test case
14, Reflector tests. If not, continue with next
case.
Test Case 6 APL/PEEP valve coil, Manual ventilation valve actuator and Fresh gas
safety valve
1. Turn the absorber locking switch to

locked position.
2. Press down the spring-loaded piston to
activate the absorber sensor.
3. Hold the piston down and redo the
Leakage test in SCO (The piston may be
released after hearing 2 clicking sounds,
valves closing).
4. Check that the valve pistons for
APL/PEEP valve (1)
Manual Ventilation valve actuator (2)
are moving upwards to be in the closed
position during the test.
66 76 980_05 5 - 42
5. During the Leakage check, the Safety

valve must be in closed position and
should not move.
Closed valve
Open valve
Possible cause for malfunction:

APL/PEEP valve coil:
Poor connection/cable to P17 on PC 1900.
Malfunction in APL/PEEP valve coil.
Manual ventilation valve actuator:

Further troubleshooting is described in Test
Case 9. However, Test Case 7 and 8
should be performed prior to Test case 9.
Note: Make sure that cable connectors to P11

and P17 on PC 1900 are not mixed: Fresh gas safety valve:
P11 = Fresh gas safety valve connector. Poor connection/cable to P11 on PC 1900.
P17 = APL/PEEP valve coil connector. Malfunction in Fresh gas safety valve.
Test Case 7 Patient cassette
1. Replace the patient cassette.

2. Redo the Leakage test in SCO.

the patient cassette.
66 76 980_05 5 - 43
Possible leakage sources in patient cassette:

1. Insp and Exp valve covers including
seals.
2. Silicone gasket towards Safety valve.
3. Silicone gasket towards Reflector socket.
Silicone gaskets towards Sample Filters:

4. Exp. sampling return R3.
5. Exp. pressure Pe.
6. Insp. sampling S1.
7. Insp. pressure Pi.
8. Insp. sampling return R1.
9. APL/PEEP Valve membrane.

10. Manual Ventilation Valve membrane.
Note: The membranes may not close

properly due to cleaning residues on the
membranes sealing surface and/or on the
corresponding sealing surface in the cassette.
Test Case 8 Patient cassette lid with sample filters
1. Open the lid and plug the four holes for

R3, Pe, S1 and R1 on the patient
cassette.
2. Connect a tube between the Insp.
pressure filter and the opposite hole (Pi)
on the patient cassette.
3. Remove the sampling line adapter from
the Y-piece to disconnect the PGA
sampling.
4. Connect the Y-piece to SCO plug.

tubes or filters connected to the lid or gas
analyzer with sampling.
Note: As the Water trap receptacle for PGA is Possible leakage sources are:
disconnected during the test, this is also a Filter holder internal.
possible leakage source. Exp. gas sampling return filter or tube with
connections between filter holder and PGA.
Exp. pressure sampling filter or tube with
connections between filter holder and
pressure transducer.
Insp. gas sampling filter or tube with
connections between filter holder and CGA
inlet valve (EMV14).
Insp. gas sampling return filter or tube with
connections between filter holder and CGA
outlet valve (EMV16).
66 76 980_05 5 - 44
Test Case 9 Manual Ventilation valve actuator
1. Disconnect the Manual breathing bag

from the patient cassette.
2. Plug the Manual ventilation tubing
connector on the patient cassette.
If the AUTO ventilation leakage test passes,

the leakage was located to the Manual
Ventilation valve actuator. Note that the MAN
ventilation leakage test will fail in this test.
Possible cause for malfunction in Manual

ventilation valve actuator:
Adjustment of the Manual Ventilation valve
actuator. Refer to Service Procedures,
section Adjustment of PP3 Manual
ventilation valve actuator.
Occlusion in tube between Gas control
section and Manual ventilation valve
actuator (PP3).
Malfunction in Manual ventilation valve
actuator.
Malfunction in REG2/REG3 (200 kPa Pilot
valve drive gas, Test point 2/3).
Malfunction in EMV2 Manual ventilation
pilot valve.
Malfunction on PC1907 Valve driver. The
green LED D45 on PC 1907 is lit when the
control signal to EMV2 is enabled.
Test Case 10 System checkout valve
1. Plug the Y-piece with suitable plug.


the System checkout valve.
Possible cause for leakage in the System

checkout valve:
Loose inlet connector (test plug) or O-ring
behind connector.
Leakage inside valve. Replace the valve.
66 76 980_05 5 - 45
Test Case 11 Vaporizer
1. Undock the vaporizer, one by one if two

are connected.
2. Redo the Leakage check in SCO.

the vaporizer docking or the vaporizer.
Move the vaporizer to the other slot and redo
the Leakage check.
If the test passes, replace the double
channel plate.
If the test fails, replace the vaporizer.
Vaporizer repair must be carried out by

MAQUET only.
Test Case 12 Fresh gas line tests
1. Fresh gas safety valve.

Plug the fresh gas inlet on the safety
valve.
Pressurize to approx. 80100 cmH2O.
This test indicates internal leakage in the

safety valve.
Possible leakage sources in safety valve

assembly:
Cracks or damages in the plastic piece.
Safety valve membrane.
Fresh gas safety valve seal.
2. Reconnect the 90 degree angled silicone

tube.
3. AFGO valve:
Plug the fresh gas from vaporizer inlet
on the AFGO valve.
This test indicates a leakage in O2 Flush

connection and tubing, CGA (R2) connection
and tubing and internal AFGO valve leakage:
66 76 980_05 5 - 46
4. Vaporizer valve section.

Undock vaporizers.
Disconnect the vaporizer valve section
inlet and outlet.
Connect the leakage detector to the
vaporizer valve section outlet.
This test indicates a leakage in the vaporizer

valve section:
Double channel plate. Check the silicone
bypass channel at PV5.
Vaporizer inlet/outlet valves. Contact HSC
via MSupport.
Note: Handle the fresh gas elbow including

sampling pipe very carefully.
5. Fresh gas filter.

Connect the Fresh gas filter.
Fresh gas filter.
This test indicates a leakage in the Fresh gas

filter
6. Fresh gas outlet connector including CGA

sampling.
Connect the Fresh gas outlet including
outlet pipe to the Fresh gas filter.
Fresh gas outlet pipe.

outlet connector (elbow) or the CGA
sampling.
66 76 980_05 5 - 47
7. CGA sampling (S2), connection and

tubing.
Unscrew the Fresh gas sampling pipe
assembly.
Unscrew the sampling needle from the
Fresh gas sampling pipe assembly.
Fresh gas sampling pipe assembly.
This test indicates a leakage in the CGA

sampling (S2), connection and tubing.
Note: Handle the sampling pipe very

carefully.
8. Fresh gas inlet connector.

Connect the Fresh gas inlet including
inlet pipe.
Fresh gas inlet pipe.
This test indicates a leakage in the fresh gas

inlet connector (elbow).
9. Fresh gas pressure transducer.

fresh gas inlet pipe.

pressure transducer including connectors and
tubing:
10. Fresh gas modules and docking seal.

Switch off the system.
Remove a fresh gas module, one by
one.
Plug at the docking seal.
fresh gas inlet pipe.

module docking seal and the fresh gas
module itself:
66 76 980_05 5 - 48
Test Case 13 - Reflector gas line tests
With the test case 4, a leakage in the

reflector gas line was indicated.
1. Reflector gas tubing and seal on safety
valve
Check and adjust reflector gas tubing
and seal on safety valve.
Pressurize as in Initial test case 3.
This test indicates leakage in the reflector

gas tubing and seal on safety valve.
2. Reflector pressure transducer with tube.

Disconnect the Reflector pressure
transducer tube from the transducer.
Block the tube with a finger and
pressurize with the leakage detector.
This test indicates leakage in the Reflector

pressure transducer or in the pressure
transducer tube.
3. Reflector gas module docking and gas

module.
Switch off the system.
Remove the Reflector gas module.
Plug at the docking seal.
Pressurize with the leakage detector.
This test indicates leakage in the docking

seal for the Reflector gas module or the gas
module itself.
66 76 980_05 5 - 49
Test Case 14 - Reflector tests
With the test case 5, a leakage in the reflector

or reflector socket was indicated.
1. Disconnect the reflector socket and pull
out the reflector.
2. Connect the leakage detector to the
reflector inlet and plug the outlet.
reflector.
If the pressure does not drop, this indicates a
leakage in the reflector socket.
Possible leakage sources in reflector and
reflector socket:
Silicone gasket (1) on reflector socket.
Cracks or damages in the plastic.
Test Case 15 Leakage Manual ventilation
1. Replace the manual breathing bag tube

and/or the manual breathing bag.
If the MAN ventilation leakage test passes,

the leakage was located to the manual
breathing bag tube and/or the manual
breathing bag.
66 76 980_05 5 - 50
Pressure Regulators REG1 REG4

General
The Pressure Regulators REG1 REG4 in the Drive Gas Supply Section are equipped with
test points in order to connect a manometer during check and adjustment of the regulators.
The regulators shall be checked/adjusted:
During Preventive Maintenance.
During troubleshooting.
the User's Manual.
tracing or adjustments are performed with gas supply connected and with covers
removed.
electrical components inside the unit. All personnel must exercise extreme caution if
fault tracing or adjustments are performed with power supply connected and with
covers removed.
Required equipment
Standard service tools.
Connector kit for pressure tester P/N 66 85 355.
Pressure gauge, local purchase. The gauge must be suitable for the REG1REG4 pressure
values (120/200 kPa) and must have an accuracy of 2% (or better) at these pressures.
A digital handheld pressure gauge is used in the illustrations below.
Procedure
1. Open the front door. Refer to chapter

Disassembling and assembling.
2. Connect gas supply (AIR and O2).
3. Connect Mains power.
4. Run the system in Standby mode.
5. Connect the Connector kit for pressure
tester (1) to the concerned regulator, see
information below.
6. Check the regulator output pressure on the
pressure gauge (2). See pressure values
below.
66 76 980_05 5 - 51
7. If adjustment is required, carefully loosen

the lock nut on the adjustment screw (13
mm spanner).
8. Set the regulator to correct output pressure
with the adjustment screw (3 mm
hexagonal wrench).
Note: The plastic screw must be handled
carefully. Careless handling of the screw
or lock nut can damage the screw.
9. Carefully secure the adjustment screw with
the lock nut.
10. Tightening the lock nut may affect the
output pressure. Re-check the regulator
output pressure and adjust if required.
Test point T1 = REG1. Vaporizer drive gas,

120 kPa 5 kPa supplied from REG2 or
REG3 (depending on gas inlet pressures).
Test point T2/T3 = REG2 and REG3. Pilot
valve drive gas, 200 kPa 10 kPa.
Check/adjust one regulator at a time.
The Connector kit for pressure tester must
remain connected to T2/T3 during the
complete test sequence to depressurize the
regulators when gas supply is disconnected.
To check REG2; supply only AIR
(disconnect O2 supply)
To check REG3; supply only O2
(disconnect AIR supply)
Test point T4 = REG4. Instant O2 supply
gas, 200 kPa 10 kPa.
1. REG1 5. Test point T1

2. REG2 6. Test point T2/T3
3. REG3 7. Test point T4
4. REG4
66 76 980_05 5 - 52
Mechanical APL calibration

General
The Mechanical APL must be checked during the Preventive Maintenance.
The Mechanical APL must be calibrated:
If a check of the Mechanical APL shows that calibration is required.
After replacement of the Emergency APL pressure regulator.
the User's Manual.
Required equipment
Standard service tools
Patient tubing and Y-piece
Plug for the manual ventilation bag connector on the patient cassette.
Pressure gauge, local purchase. The gauge must be suitable for the calibration pressure
values 6/34/80 hPa (1 hPa ~ 1 cmH2O) and must have an accuracy of 5% (or better) at
these pressures. A calibration manometer is used in the illustrations below.
Check procedure
1. Connect O2 to the system.
2. Connect patient tubing and Y-piece.
3. Connect the pressure gauge to the Y-piece.
4. Plug the manual ventilation bag connector on the patient cassette.
5. Switch on Emergency ventilation.
6. Set the O2 flowmeter to 10 l/min.
7. Turn the APL knob counter-clockwise to stop.
8. Check that the pressure gauge shows 6 hPa 4 hPa.
9. Turn the APL knob clockwise to the first tactile resistance can be felt (and a slight 'click').
11. Turn the APL knob clockwise to stop.
66 76 980_05 5 - 53
1. Connect O2 to the system.

2. Pull off the Mechanical APL knob.
3. Connect patient tubing and Y-piece.
4. Connect the pressure gauge to the Y-
piece.
5. Plug the manual ventilation bag
connector on the patient cassette.
6. Switch on Emergency ventilation.
7. Set the O2 flowmeter to 10 l/min.
8. Turn the wheel (1) counter-clockwise to

stop.
9. In this position, lock the wheel by pushing
a metal pin (2) through the hole in the
wheel and into the corresponding hole in
the panel. A 2.5 mm hexagonal wrench
can be used.
10. Carefully loosen the lock nut (3) on the
adjustment screw (13 mm spanner).
11. Adjust the regulator to 6 hPa with the
adjustment screw (4). The pressure is
shown on the pressure gauge.
12. Carefully secure the adjustment screw
with the lock nut.
13. Remove the metal pin.

14. Mount the APL knob. The knob can only
be mounted in one position.
15. Check that the calibration was approved.
Refer the Check procedure above.
66 76 980_05 5 - 54
Adjustment of Manual ventilation valve actuator PP3

The position of the Manual ventilation valve actuator PP3 can be adjusted. This adjustment
must be performed when replacing the actuator. The adjustment is also a recommended action
in case of leakage in the Manual ventilation valve.
Adjust as follows:
Loosen the screw (1) slightly to release the gas connection.
Loosen the lock nut (2).
Turn the actuator (3), clockwise or counter-clockwise, to correct position as indicated in the
illustration.
Secure this position with the lock nut (2).
Tighten the screw (1), tightening torque approx. 1 Nm.
66 76 980_05 5 - 55
Adjustment of friction joints

Control panel and Patient monitor
Swivel adjustment
Tighten or loosen the knob for swivel
adjustment.
Make sure that the spring washers are
correctly mounted as shown in illustration.
Note: On some Patient monitor mountings, the

knob is replaced by a nut. The adjustment
procedure is however the same.
Tilt adjustment
Remove the plastic cover (1) to make the tilt
screw accessible.
Tighten or loosen the screw (2) for tilt
adjustment. Use a 5 mm hexagonal wrench.
Mount the plastic cover (1).
Additional table and Adjustable arm for parameter modules

Swivel adjustment
Tighten or loosen the screws (1 or 2) for
swivel adjustment.
1. = 8 mm hexagonal wrench
2. = 5 mm hexagonal wrench
66 76 980_05 5 - 56
Replacing power backup battery

General
The Power backup battery is a sealed acid-lead rechargeable battery. The battery must be
replaced every three years. The lifetime of the battery may however be reduced if it is used
frequently to supply power or if the battery temperature is above 50C.
Important: The power backup batteries replacement date must be reset after replacement. The
replacement date is set using the Service report menu (Replaced internal battery).
WARNING! The Battery cable and the Battery sense cable must not be connected
to PC 1903 External connectors when the battery compartment cover is
dismounted. Short-circuit of a connected battery may cause damage to PC 1903.

Preparations
Switch off the system using the Power button.
Disconnect the mains power cable.
Disconnect the gas supplies (wall and/or cylinder).
Remove patient tubing.
Replacing the power backup battery
There are several versions of the battery mounting devices:
Version A: Intended for C20/C30, phased out in production during Q3 2012.
Version B: Intended for C20/C30, introduced in production during Q3 2012.
Version C: Intended for C40, two different versions (2 or 4 screws), phased out in production
with S/N 2201.
Version D: Intended for C40, introduced in production from S/N 2202.
66 76 980_05 5 - 57
Version A C20/C30
Remove the rear cover and disconnect the
Battery cable and the Battery sense cable
from PC 1903 External connectors.
Release and lift off the battery compartment
cover.
Note: The drawers may have to be removed
to access the battery compartment.
Remove the screws (1) and lift off both

battery clamps (2).
Use the handles (3) and lift up the battery.
Disconnect the battery cables from the

battery.
Lift off the old battery.
Connect the battery cables to the new

battery. Tighten the nuts firmly.
Place the new battery in correct position in
the compartment and secure the battery with
the battery clamps (2).
Mount the battery compartment cover.

Connect the Battery cable and the Battery
sense cable to PC 1903 and mount the rear
cover.
66 76 980_05 5 - 58
Version B C20/C30
cover.
Note: The drawers may have to be removed
to access the battery compartment.
Remove the screws (4) and lift off the

battery clamp (6). Slightly loosen the screws
(5) if required.
Lift up the battery.

battery.

the battery clamp (6).
If required, secure the support with the
screws (5).

cover.
66 76 980_05 5 - 59
Version C C40, S/N 2201 and below

There are two different designs of the version
C battery clamp:
Battery clamp with two screws.
Battery clamp with four screws.
Battery clamp with two screws.
Battery clamp with four screws.

The photos below shows version A, but the
procedure is similar for version C.
cover.
Note: The drawers must be removed to
access the battery compartment.
Remove the screws (1), two or four screws,
and lift off the battery clamp (2).
On version C, the battery clamp is one
complete unit.
Use the handles (3) and lift up the battery.

battery.
66 76 980_05 5 - 60
On the battery clamp with four screws:

Attach an insulating film if not already
mounted. The insulating film is available
as a spare part.
The purpose of the insulating film is to
prevent short circuit in battery during
battery replacement.

the battery clamp (2).

cover.
66 76 980_05 5 - 61
Version D C40, S/N 2202 and above

This is a brief instruction of the battery
replacement. A detailed instruction will be
published in next version of the Service
Manual. If a detailed instruction is required
before next version of the manual is published,
please contact MCC Headquarter Support
Center via MSupport.
Remove the patient monitor from FLOW-i.

Remove the pendant lifting interface from
FLOW-i.
Remove the rear cover.
Disconnect the Battery cable and the Battery
sense cable from PC 1903 External
connectors.
Remount the pendant lifting interface.
With the lifting interface as a support,
carefully tip FLOW-i so that it is lying on the
lifting interface.
Note: Make sure that the swivel arm is
secured when tipping FLOW-i.
Remove the battery compartment cover from
the bottom of FLOW-i.
Disconnect and remove the old battery.
Mount and connect the new battery.

Carefully lift up FLOW-i to standing position.
Remove the pendant lifting interface.
sense cable from PC 1903 External
connectors
Remount the rear cover.
Remount the pendant lifting interface.
Remount the patient monitor.
66 76 980_05 5 - 62
Replacing memory backup batteries on PC boards

General
Lithium batteries are used on PC 1920 Control, PC 1921 Monitoring and PC 1922 Panel. These
batteries must be replaced every five years. A Technical error message will appear on the
screen if the battery voltage level is too low:
Battery on PC 1920 Control: TE 501 Memory backup battery depleted.
Battery on PC 1921 Monitoring: TE 20 Memory backup battery depleted.
Battery on PC 1922 Panel: TE 614 Memory backup battery depleted.
Always replace all three batteries at the same time to keep the same replacement date for the
batteries.
ESD sensitive components. The lithium batteries are mounted on ESD sensitive
PC boards. Refer to chapter 'Disassembling and assembling', section 'Handling PC
boards' for further information regarding ESD sensitive components
Preparations
Switch off the system using the Power button.
Remove patient tubing.
Replacing the memory backup battery

1. Remove the rear cover and the PC board
shield. Refer to chapter Disassembling
and assembling.
2. Carefully pull out PC 1920, PC 1921 and
PC 1922.
Note: Do not remove the cable connector
(1). Information stored on the PC board
memory will be erased if the connector is
removed. Refer to section Information
stored on PC boards in chapter
Disassembling and assembling.
3. There are two equal battery connectors (2
and 3) on the PC boards. Connect the
new battery to the un-used connector. The
memory functions are now secured by the
new battery.
4. Cut the cable ties holding the old battery
(4) to the PC board.
5. Disconnect and remove the old battery.
6. Mount the new battery onto the PC board
using new cable ties as shown in the
illustration.
7. Replace the battery on all three PC
boards.
66 76 980_05 5 - 63
8. Insert the PC boards into the correct PC-

board slot and reassemble the PC board
shield and the rear cover.
9. Perform a System checkout according to
instructions in the User's Manual.
Important: The memory backup batteries replacement date must be reset after replacement.
The replacement date is set using the Service report menu (Replaced memory backup
batteries).

66 76 980_05 5 - 64
Installation of optional equipment

Only personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET shall be permitted to install, service or
repair the FLOW-i Anesthesia System, base unit as well as optional equipment.
Optional equipments are delivered with an Installation Instruction (if instructions are required).
These documents describe installation of the equipment. For clinical information of the
optional equipment, refer to the Users Manual. Some options do not require specific user
instructions.
Check for visible damages on the delivered optional equipment. If damages are found, the
equipment must not be used.
All packing material, replaced and left-over parts must be discarded in accordance with
appropriate industrial and environmental standards.
After connecting any external electric device to the system:
Ensure that the whole combination complies with the international standard IEC 60601-1-1
and the requirements of the local authorities.
Perform a complete system leakage current test. The leakage current test is a standard
procedure regulated by IEC/EN 60601-1 or corresponding national standards. Allowable
values and test methods are defined in the standard IEC/EN 60601-1 Class 1, Type B.
the User's Manual.
Maximum accessory configuration

1 2
C20 C30 C40
Accessory/Option Max. load (kg) Max. load (kg) Max. load (kg)
Additional writing table 5 5 5
Drawer 5 5 5
Patient monitor mounting position 13.5 13.5 13.5
Auxiliary O2 & Suction module mounting 2.5 2.5 2.5
position
Parameter box support arm 5 5 5
Working surface/writing table 20 5 5
4 vertical shafts (vertical rails) 5 kg per shaft 5 kg per shaft 5 kg per shaft
Horizontal rails for hanging accessories 3 kg 3 kg 3 kg
3
Additional arm 12 12 12
3
Backup gas holder (incl. full gas cylinder) 13 13 12
4
Top shelf 20 20 20
Universal bracket 30 30 N/A
Cable support arm 0.5 0.5 0.5
1
To maintain the lift function, the combined load on the extra equipment and accessories should not
exceed 30 kg
2
Maximum configurations is dependant on the lift capacity (minimum requirement 200 kg) of ceiling
pendants approved for C40 and the maximum capacity of the C40-pendant interface (250 kg). This gives a
range of approx. 50-100 kg for accessories and extra equipment, depending on the ceiling pendant.
3
C30 can only be equipped with the additional arm or the extra backup gas holder.
4
The system can be equipped with either Top shelf or Patient monitor.
66 76 980_05 5 - 65
Interchangeability Control panel and Patient monitor

General
The interchangeability function gives a possibility to switch mounting position between the
Control panel and Patient monitor.
It is only possible to perform this procedure on FLOW-i with S/N 01112 or above. FLOW-i with
S/N below 01112 are not prepared for this conversion.
Installation Instructions for FLOW-i, Interchangeability, Control Panel Patient Monitor is
available on MPower. If further information is required, contact your local MAQUET
representative.
66 76 980_05 5 - 66
Model C40 Prerequisites and handling

Installation of the C40 unit is described in the FLOW-i Anesthesia System, Models C20, C30
and C40 Installation Instruction.
the User's Manual.
CAUTION: Disconnect all electrical cables and gas connections before undocking
the system from the ceiling pendant.
Interhospital transportation of the C40 unit

When delivered, the C40 unit is equipped with lifting straps. If a lifting device is available, the
C40 unit can be lifted out of the shipping container and placed on a trolley. The lifting device
must have a capacity of at least 200 kg. If a lifting device and trolley is not available, the C40
unit must be transported on the pallet included with the shipping container.
The wheels integrated into the C40 base are intended only for short transports inside the
operating room.
For interhospital transportation of the C40 unit, the C40 Service trolley is recommended.
If a different type of trolley (or a pallet and pallet jack) is used:
The trolley must be able to carry a load of 250 kg,
The trolley must have a wheelbase and track width equal to or greater than the C20/30
carrier
The trolley must have at least 2 lockable wheels.
The C40 wheels must be relieved when placed on the trolley.
The C40 must be secured with straps to prevent it from tipping while transported on the
trolley or pallet.
CAUTION: Make sure that the swivel arm, extra equipment and accessories, e.g.
support arm and additional table, are positioned as shown in the Users Manual,
chapter Storage and transportation.
66 76 980_05 5 - 67
Before mounting the C40 unit onto the ceiling pendant

Verify that the ceiling pendant arm complies with IEC 60601-1.
Verify that the ceiling pendant arm complies with ISO 11197.
Verify that the ceiling pendant arm have a net load capacity of at least 200 kg.
The net weight of the C40 unit, including ceiling pendant interface but without accessories, is
approx. 150 kg:
Verify that the combined weight of the C40 unit, with additional accessories, do not exceed
the net load capacity of the ceiling pendant.
Verify that the combined weight of C40 with additional accessories do not exceed 250 kg,
which is the net load capacity of the ceiling pendant interface.
Verify that the vertical movement of the ceiling pendant arm fulfills the following criteria:
Movement is in the operators field of view.
Movement is only possible by continuous activation of the control.
An emergency stopping device is provided.
66 76 980_05 5 - 68
Functional check of backup gas supply

the User's Manual.
The optional accessories Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder can
be connected to the system to supply backup gas from gas cylinders. Installation of the
backup gas accessories is described in separate Installation Instruction enclosed with the
accessories.
The gas tube connections must be tightened firmly with a wrench. It must not be possible to
disconnect the gas tubes by hand (without wrench).
The Functional check below is part of the installation procedure and must be performed
before the system is handed-over to the customer. The Functional check can also be used
during troubleshooting and after a service intervention in the backup gas accessories.
The Functional check is also included in the Installation Instructions for Backup Gas Trolley,
Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder.
Note: The Functional check must be performed on all connected gas cylinders, i.e. gas supply
from the Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and the Backup Gas Holder.
Functional check If an AIR backup gas cylinder is

Perform a System checkout with the
connected:
Set Auto/Man switch to MAN.
system connected to central gas supply to
Set APL = SP.
ensure that the system is fully functional
Set Fresh gas flow = 6.0 l/min.
and has no leakage.
Set O2 conc. = 40%.
Connect the Y-piece to the System
Press Start case.
Checkout test plug.
Disconnect the central gas supply for AIR.
If an O2 backup gas cylinder is A dialog which prompts the user to open
connected: the AIR backup gas supply appears on the
Set Auto/Man switch to MAN. control panel.
Set APL = SP. Confirm the dialog.
Set Fresh gas flow = 6.0 l/min. Open the AIR gas cylinder and let the
Set O2 conc. = 40%. system work for 90 seconds.
Press Start case. Check that no technical alarms appear.
Disconnect the central gas supply for O2. End case.
A dialog which prompts the user to open Restore central gas supply.
the O2 backup gas supply appears on the Close the AIR gas cylinder.
control panel.
Confirm the dialog.
Open the O2 gas cylinder and let the
system work for 90 seconds.
Check that no technical alarms appear.
End case.
Restore central gas supply.
Close the O2 gas cylinder.
66 76 980_05 5 - 69
If an N2O backup gas cylinder is

connected:
Set Auto/Man switch to MAN.
Set APL = SP.
Set Fresh gas flow = 6.0 l/min.
Set O2 conc. = 40%.
Press Start case.
Disconnect the central gas supply for
N2O.
A dialog which prompts the user to open
the N2O backup gas supply appears on
the control panel.
Confirm the dialog.
Open the N2O gas cylinder and let the
system work for 90 seconds.
Check that no technical alarms appear.
End case.
Restore central gas supply.
Close the N2O gas cylinder.
66 76 980_05 5 - 70
6. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Troubleshooting
perform installation, service or General ................................................... 6-2
System checkout .................................... 6-3
Preparations prior to System
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard checkout start ...................................... 6-4
notices' in chapter 'Important'. 1. O2 flush test .................................... 6-4
Any service or maintenance must be 2. Insp. and Exp. valves test ............... 6-5
3. Internal tests .................................... 6-6
service intervention in the system i, 4. Barometer test ................................. 6-7
perform a 'System checkout' and a 5. Gas supply pressure test................. 6-8
system according to instructions in the 6. Pressure transducer tests ............... 6-9
User's Manual. 7. Safety valve tests ............................ 6 - 10
This product contains electronic and 8. Vaporizer inlet/outlet valve test ....... 6 - 10
disposable, replaced and left-over parts 9. Flow transducer test ........................ 6 - 11
10. AUTO ventilation leakage test ....... 6 - 13
11. MAN ventilation leakage test ......... 6 - 13
12. Gas analyzer test .......................... 6 - 14
13. Battery test .................................... 6 - 15
14. Vaporizer 1 test ............................. 6 - 16
15. Vaporizer 2 test ............................. 6 - 17
16. Technical alarm test ...................... 6 - 17
Technical error codes and messages .... 6 - 18
PC board LED indicators ........................ 6 - 19
Other errors and remedies ..................... 6 - 24
66 76 980_05 6-1
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
General
Before starting troubleshooting, try to eliminate all possibilities of operational errors. If the
malfunction remains, use the troubleshooting guides below as well as the information in chapter
'Description of functions' to locate the faulty part.
There should be a logical trend to your troubleshooting. First try to trace the faulty function.
Then the most suitable procedure is to track down the exact fault by systematically replacing
individual spare parts, one at a time. One purpose of the Description of functions and the
Diagrams in this Service Manual is to make it easier to trace faults.
When the fault is corrected, carry out a complete 'System checkout' as described in the User's
Manual.
The troubleshooting guides below are focused only on technical problems. Information about
clinical related problems can be found in the User's Manual.
For functionality enhancement, the latest released System SW version is always recommended.
The information in this chapter applies to FLOW-i System version 4.0 (or higher).
tracing or adjustments are performed with gas supply connected.
covers removed.
Possible causes to malfunction not mentioned in the following troubleshooting guides are:
The system has not been correctly assembled after cleaning, maintenance or service.
Disconnection or bad connection in cable connectors, PC board connectors, and
interconnection boards (PC 1900, PC 1909, etc).
Pinched cables. Defective cables may short-circuit power supply, CAN-bus signals, etc.
Disconnected or defective gas tubes, breathing gas as well as drive gas.
Note: Repeated disconnection/connection of tubes in quick couplings may cause a leakage.
These possible causes to malfunction must always be considered during troubleshooting.
Troubleshooting is divided into four sections:

System checkout: This section describes the System checkout to give knowledge about all
tests included. The Test results log, and associated log interpretation, is available only for
personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET.
Technical error codes and messages: The Technical error code interpretation is available
only for personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET.
PC board LED indicators: This section describes LED indicators on some of the PC boards
used to indicate activities and errors.
Other errors and remedies: This section describes possible causes and recommended
actions in case of other technical errors in the system.
66 76 980_05 6-2
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
System checkout
The FLOW-i demands the user to start the automatic System checkout at every startup of the
unit. The User's Manual describes how to perform this System checkout.
The System checkout-description on the following pages gives more detailed information about
the System checkout. This information can be used e.g. during troubleshooting of the unit.
Some of the recommended actions described below refer to Service & Settings (S&S). The
Service key is required to access S&S. Troubleshooting can of course be performed without
access to S&S, but for some of the recommended actions, S&S will make troubleshooting faster
and easier.
Check if the fault remains after each performed service action. Re-run the full System checkout
or run the concerned test using S&S.
Some of the tests will fail due to leakages in the breathing system, improper sampling line, etc.
If they fail, a dialog box will open and make it possible to Redo the test when these parts have
been adjusted.
It is also possible to select System checkout via the Standby Menu; a Full check as well as
separate Leakage check and Vaporizer check. The Leakage check also measures circuit
compliance. These separate checks do not replace the complete System checkout.
Tests included in System checkout

Test Test
1 O2 flush test 6 Pressure transducer tests
2 Insp. & exp. valves test 6.1 Control and Monitoring pressure
transducers
3 Internal tests 6.2 APL/PEEP valve
3.1 Absorber switch test 7 Safety valve tests
3.2 Water trap test 8 Vaporizer inlet/outlet valve test
3.3 Mains connection test 9 Flow transducer tests
3.4 Control disable vaporizer test 9.1 Control flow transducer
3.5 Monitoring disable vaporizer test 9.2 Monitoring flow transducer
3.6 Panel audio test 9.3 Fresh gas filter test
3.7 Power failure test 10 AUTO ventilation leakage test
3.8 Initial battery test 11 MAN ventilation leakage test
3.9 Vaporizer 1 initial test 12 Gas analyzer test
3.10 Vaporizer 2 initial test 13 Battery test
3.11 N2O gas supply test 14 Vaporizer 1 test
3.12 AFGO valve test 15 Vaporizer 2 test
4 Barometer test 16 Technical alarm test
5 Gas supply pressure test
Acronyms in test logs

Acronym Test log entry type Acronym Test log entry type
CHK Check Failure RST Reset
DLG Dialog Choice SFIN Sequence Result
FIN Test Result SRST Sequence Reset
INF Info SSTA Sequence Start
MEA Measurement Value STA Test Start
MVG Measurement Value Group
66 76 980_05 6-3
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
Preparations prior to System checkout start
System checkout start menu Preparations
1. O2 flush test
System checkout O2 flush test
66 76 980_05 6-4
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
Checks the O2 flush mechanism. The test is divided in three parts:

1. Prior to pressing the button: When the test is started, it is checked whether O2 supply
pressure is present and that the Patient Cassette is mounted. The O2 flow which is
measured by the expiratory flow transducer must not exceed 1 l/min prior to pressing the O2
Flush button. The test will fail if the button is not pressed within 20 seconds.
2. When pressing the button: The user is requested to press the O2 flush button for approx. 3
seconds. The test waits 1 second before reading the O2 flow. The flow must be within: 35
65 l/min. The test will fail if the button is not released within 22 seconds.
3. Button released: When the user releases the O2 flush button after at least 2 seconds, the
test again waits 1 second before reading the O2 flow. It must not exceed: 1 l/min.
2. Insp. and Exp. valves test
System checkout Insp. and Exp. valves test
Checks that the Insp. and Exp. valve discs are in place and are able to move.
The user is requested to open the cassette lid and press Start check.
The user is requested to observe and ensure the ceramic valve discs are moving.
The test is passed when the user presses Yes.
If they are not moving properly the user shall press No and the test fails.
The user is requested to close the cassette lid and press Continue.
If the system detects that the cassette lid is open after the user pressed Yes, a dialog will
appear. The user gets the choice to close the lid, or to press Bypass in case the system have
problems detecting the lid position.
Pressing Bypass will not affect the test result, but generate an event in the log.
At start of this test, it is verified that the air inlet supply pressure is within range. The APL/PEEP
valve is open. The test is started by opening the Fresh Gas Module AIR. The Vaporizer bypass
valve is closed in order to build-up a pressure of approx. 110 cmH2O (measured by the Fresh
Gas Pressure Transducer). When the target pressure is reached, the bypass valve is opened.
66 76 980_05 6-5
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
This creates a pressure wave which will cause the inspiratory and expiratory valve to move.
Actual generated pressure will be shown in the test log. If the pressure reaches 140 cmH2O or
fails to reach 50 cmH2O, the test will be aborted.
The pressure wave is repeated for 90 s or until the test is manually deactivated.
3. Internal tests
3.1 Absorber switch test
Checks that the Absorber switch is in correct position, i.e. the absorber is docked.
3.2 Water trap test

Checks that the water trap is connected and is of type Adult.
3.3 Mains connection test

Checks that mains supply is connected. If the system is running on battery, the user will be
notified to connect mains supply. A check of presence of errors in the Power control subsystem
is performed.
3.4 Control disable vaporizer test

The test verifies that the vaporizer slots can be disabled by the Control subsystem and that the
power supply voltage to the vaporizer can be switched on and off. It also tests that the slots can
be enabled in the case that there are no vaporizers connected when the test is run.
3.5 Monitoring disable vaporizer test

The test verifies that the Monitoring system can disable the slots where a vaporizer is
connected. It also tests that the Monitoring system cannot enable power to slots where no
vaporizer is connected.
3.6 Panel audio test

A constant sound is generated for about 1 second at the medium sound level, 60%. Panel
measures and calculates the average sound level. The average sound level is then compared
to a minimum limit.
Checks that the loudspeaker in the Control panel generates an adequate sound level. A
medium sound level, i.e. 60% is generated for 1 s. A microphone mounted nearby the
loudspeaker measures the sound. The Panel sub system calculates an average sound level to
verify that the sound level meets the required sound level of 60 dB @ 1 m.
3.7 Power failure test

The following checks are performed during the Power failure test:
Function of the buzzer on PC 1921 Monitoring. Buzzer switched on and off.
Upper and lower power failure alarm (PFA) limits of the internal voltages: 5 V, 3.3 V, 2.5 V
and 1.5 V.
Note: During this test, the Disable_valves signal will be activated for the 5 V check. This will
cause all valves to be deactivated repeatedly. As a result of this, the safety valve will be causing
loud banging sound and, if a vaporizer is connected, its slot LED will flash.
66 76 980_05 6-6
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.8 Initial battery test

Checks the Power backup battery status and, if necessary, initiates a more thorough test. The
more thorough test will be performed while other System checkout tests are executed. See 13.
Battery test for detailed description.
3.9 Vaporizer 1 initial test

The test of Vaporizer 1 is divided in several subtests. For a complete test description, see
14. Vaporizer 1 test.
3.10 Vaporizer 2 initial test

The test of Vaporizer 2 is divided in several subtests. For a complete test description, see
15. Vaporizer 2 test.
3.11 N2O gas supply test

The test checks if the system is enabled to use N2O according to its configuration. In case the
system is enabled to use N2O, but no N2O is connected, the user is prompted to connect N2O
or to confirm that the system shall be used without N2O between this SCO and the next SCO.
With this test, it is concluded if other tests (i.e. Gas supply test and Flow transducer test) which
may use N2O, shall require presence of N2O in order to pass.
3.12 AFGO valve test

The AFGO valve test starts with a check that the AFGO option is installed. If not installed, no
further tests will be performed and the AFGO valve test will be passed.
If the AFGO option is installed, the test will now start:
Central gas supply pressure for AIR is checked. Pressure must be within valid limits [2500 -
6500 hPa]
APL/PEEP valve is opened.
The AFGO valve is set to Patient Cassette position. Checks that the average expiratory flow
is in the range 500 - 2500 ml/min and that the pressure limit 30 cmH2O (measured by the
Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer) is not exceeded.
The AFGO valve is set to AFGO position. Checks that the average expiratory flow is
max.500 ml/min and that the pressure limit 30 cmH2O (measured by the Fresh Gas Pressure
Transducer) is not exceeded.
The AFGO valve is set to Patient Cassette position. Checks that the average expiratory flow
is in the range 500 - 2500 ml/min and that the pressure limit 30 cmH2O (measured by the
Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer) is not exceeded.
4. Barometer test
Checks that the barometric pressure, measured by the internal barometer on the Monitoring
board, is within limits (670 - 1080 hPa):
Monitoring: Checks that the barometric pressure, read by Monitoring, is within limits.
Control: Checks that the barometric pressure, read by Control, is within limits.
The difference between the pressures read by Monitoring and Control must not be greater
than 26 hPa.
66 76 980_05 6-7
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Gas supply pressure test

The Gas supply pressure test checks that:
Central O2 gas supply pressure is within limits (MON). [25006500 hPa]
Central AIR gas supply pressure is within limits (MON). [25006500 hPa]
Central N2O gas supply pressure is within limits (MON). [25004500 hPa]
(If N2O is enabled and connected.)
Central N2O gas supply pressure is within limit. (MON) [01000 hPa]
(If N2O is not enabled and/or not connected.)
For each gas, it is checked that the difference between gas module pressure and central gas
supply pressure is less than 10% of the lower of the two values. For O2, both the reflector gas
and fresh gas pressure is compared with central gas pressure.
Note that this check is only performed if the following conditions are fulfilled:
1. No backup gas supply is connected and central gas supply is connected, i.e. backup gas
supply pressure < 1000 hPa and central gas pressure > 1000 hPa.
or if
2. Backup gas supply is connected and central gas supply pressure is higher than backup gas
supply pressure, i.e. backup gas supply pressure > 1000 hPa and central gas pressure
> 3800 hPa.
MON and CON gas module pressure readings for each gas are compared. For O2, both the
reflector and fresh gas pressures are compared. [Difference 150 hPa].
If backup gas cylinders are connected, the Gas supply pressure test checks that:
Backup gas cylinder pressure is within limits (MON). [40000220000 hPa]. Same limits for all
three gases.
1 = Central gas supply pressure transducer 2 = Gas Module pressure transducer
66 76 980_05 6-8
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Pressure transducer tests

6.1 Control and Monitoring pressure transducers
The purpose of this test is to balance the Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer (F), Inspiratory
Patient Pressure Transducer (I), Expiratory Pressure Transducer (E), and Reflector Gas
Pressure transducer (R). During the test, new gain and offset coefficients are calculated.
The DC signals from the pressure transducers are digitalized and converted to pressure values.
The Gas Modules are first set to deliver no flow (closed). Control and Monitoring measures the
pressure from all four pressure transducers. These values are set to correspond to 0 cmH2O in
the Control and Pressure Transducer EEPROM:s. The offset must be within 0.3000 V from the
factory offset for the test to pass.
Then a pressure of 60 cmH2O is generated by the Fresh Gas Module AIR, using the Fresh Gas
Pressure Transducer as reference. Control and Monitoring measures the pressures from
Reflector, Insp. and Exp. pressure transducers. The gain factor is then calculated for the
Reflector, Insp. and Exp. pressure transducers to correspond to the Fresh Gas Pressure
Transducer value. The values are stored into the Pressure Transducer EEPROM:s.
The gain factors must be within 5% from the factory calibration for the test to pass.
The pressures are measured one more time at 60 cmH2O, using the calculated gain factors.
The Monitoring and Control value for each pressure transducer is compared. The pressures are
not allowed to differ more than 1 cmH2O. All measured pressures must be within 55 65
cmH2O.
Leakage may cause these tests to fail. If so, a dialog will appear and give the user possibility to
check for leakage and redo the test.
6.2. APL/PEEP valve

The purpose of this test is to check and calibrate the APL/PEEP Valve.
The Fresh Gas Modules AIR and O2 are set to generate a flow and the APL/PEEP valve is set
to regulate the pressure to 60 cmH2O.
When the pressure is steady at 60 cmH2O, the APL/PEEP valve is set to regulate at
50 cmH2O
20 cmH2O
10 cmH2O
5 cmH2O.
These pressure levels are measured with the Reflector Pressure Transducer together with the
electric current required holding the valve. The measured pressures must be within the set
value 15 cmH2O for all of the subtests for the test to pass.
New offset and gain factors are calculated using the values from the subtests as a reference.
The new offset is within the valid range 0.06768 A to 0.15684 A.
The new gain factor is within the valid range 0.00730 A/cmH2O to 0.01130 A/cmH2O.
The values from the subtests are tested again, but in theory using the new gain factor and
offset. The pressures must be within the set value 2 cmH2O or 10%, whichever is greater.
The Fresh Gas Module AIR and O2 are set to generate a flow and the APL/PEEP valve is again
set to regulate the pressure to 60 cmH2O.
When the pressure is steady at 60 cmH2O, the APL/PEEP valve is set to regulate at
50 cmH2O. The pressure must be within 45 55 cmH2O.
2 cmH2O. The pressure must be within 1 3.5 cmH20.
The pressures are measured by the Reflector Pressure Transducer.
66 76 980_05 6-9
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
7. Safety valve tests

The purpose is to test the safety valve and its controlling signals, including VALVES DISABLE.
An adjustment of the release pressure of the safety valve to 117 cmH2O 3 cmH2O is also
performed.
The safety valve is opened and closed again by Monitoring. If this fails, the safety valve test is
aborted.
Control performs calibration of the Safety valve opening pressure by closing the APL/PEEP
valve and then open the Fresh Gas Module AIR to pressurize the system. The pressure is
measured by the Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer. The pressure shall be 117 cmH2O
3 cmH2O. If correct opening pressure is not obtained the first time, another attempt will be
performed. Maximum allowed attempts is 6. If all attempts fail the test will be aborted.
8. Vaporizer inlet/outlet valve test

The purpose of the test is to verify that the Vaporizer 1 and 2 Inlet and Outlet Valves (PV1, PV2,
PV3 and PV4) and Vaporizer Bypass Valve (PV5) can be opened and closed. The test can be
performed with or without vaporizer connected.
The test is divided into 2 sub tests.
1. Vaporizer bypass valve

1. APL/PEEP valve is closed.
2. The Reflector Gas Module and Fresh Gas Module AIR are now opened, delivering different
flows to create a pressure difference on the two sides of the Vaporizer bypass valve. The
following is tested:
The reflector side must reach at least 5 cmH2O measured by the Reflector Gas Pressure
Transducer. The fresh gas side must reach at least 10 cmH2O measured by the Fresh
Gas Pressure Transducer.
A pressure difference of 30% of the higher pressure must be obtained in order to proceed
with the test. If adequate pressure difference is not obtained within 7 s, the test will be
aborted.
The vaporizer bypass valve is now opened to equalize the pressure in the system. If this
is not obtained within 7 s, the test is failed.
3. The vaporizer bypass valve is closed and pressure is released by opening APL/PEEP
Valve.
2. Vaporizer inlet / outlet valves

1. Vaporizer Inlet/Outlet Valves, Vaporizer Bypass Valve and APL/PEEP Valve are closed.
2. The Reflector Gas Module and Fresh Gas Module AIR are now opened, delivering different
flows to create a pressure difference on the two sides of the Vaporizer bypass valve. The
following is tested:
The reflector pressure must reach at least 5 cmH2O measured by the Reflector Gas
Pressure Transducer. The fresh gas pressure must reach at least 10 cmH2O measured
by the Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer.
A pressure difference of 30% of the higher pressure must be obtained in order to proceed
with the test. If adequate pressure difference is not obtained within 7 s the test will be
aborted.
When adequate pressure difference is obtained, the vaporizer inlet/outlet valves in
vaporizer slot 1 are opened. If a vaporizer is connected; the measured pressure from the
pressure transducers shall be equalized. If no vaporizer is connected; the measured
pressure shall reach 0 cmH2O on both pressure transducers.
66 76 980_05 6 - 10
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. The vaporizer Inlet/Outlet Valves are closed and pressure is released by opening
APL/PEEP Valve.
The same procedure is performed also for vaporizer slot 2.
The procedure above is performed a second time for vaporizer 2 slot in order to ensure that it
can change state both from closed to opened and from opened to closed.
9. Flow transducer tests

The purpose of this test is to adjust offset in gas modules flow transducers and the Expiratory
Flow Transducer. Furthermore, the Expiratory Flow transducer is checked against known flows
from the gas modules.
9.1 Control flow transducer

Zeroing
The DC signals from the Gas Modules and Patient Cassette are digitalized and converted to
pressure values. PC 1920 Control must adjust the offset for these signals.
All Gas Modules are set to deliver no flow.
PC 1920 Control will now measure the flow from the Gas Modules and Patient Cassette.
These values are set to correspond to 0 liter/minute in the Control software.
The offset must be within 0.000 0.040 V for each Gas Module and 2.480 2.520 V for the
Patient Cassette.
Calculation of false flow correction and dynamic common mode correction

The parameters below are used for Gas Module regulation.
The false flow correction and dynamic common mode correction is calculated for each Gas
Module and is used for the control of the modules.
The false flow correction must be within 225 to 775 DAC steps and the dynamic common
mode correction must be within -1371 to 1371 DAC steps.
Gas supply test

Control measures the gas supply pressure with the internal gas supply pressure transducers.
The pressure must be within 2500 6500 hPa for each Gas Module except for the N2O Gas
Module where the pressure must be within 2500 4500 hPa.
The gas supply test for the N2O Gas Module is only performed if the system is enabled to use
N2O according to its configuration.
9.2 Monitoring flow transducer

Zeroing
The DC signals from the Gas Modules and Patient Cassette are digitalized and converted to
pressure values. The PC 1921 Monitoring must adjust the offset for these signals.
All of the Gas Modules are set to deliver no flow.
PC 1921 Monitoring will now measure the flow from the Gas Modules and Patient Cassette.
These values are then set to correspond to 0 liter/minute in the Monitoring software.
The offset must be within 0.000 0.040 V for each Gas Module and 2.480 2.520 V for the
Patient Cassette.
66 76 980_05 6 - 11
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
Flow test
If the N2O module is supplied with gas, the tests of the Fresh Gas Modules are tested two by
two. The Reflector Gas Module is tested individually.
Order: Air + N2O, O2 + N2O, Air + O2 and Reflector.
If the N2O module is not supplied with gas, the tests of the Fresh Gas Modules are first tested
individually and then two by two. The Reflector Gas module is tested individually.
Order: Air, O2, Air + O2 and Reflector.
The modules to be tested are set to deliver 30 l/min.
The Control and Monitoring system receives the measured values from all Gas Modules and
the Patient Cassette. The measured value from the modules must be within the following
limits in order for the test to pass:
Active modules: 29.4 30.6 l/min
Inactive modules: -0.096 0.096 l/min
Patient Cassette: 90 110 % of the sum of all Gas Modules flow as measured by the same
subsystem (CON and MON).
Note: When the Fresh Gas Module O2 is active, the value from Reflector Gas Module will be
ignored and when the Reflector Gas Module is active, the value from Fresh Gas Module O2 will
be ignored. This is due to that the modules are using the same gas supply.
Noise measurement
The amplitude of the sound pulses generated by the ultrasonic transducers/receivers in the
Expiratory Flow Transducer is measured at zero gas flow.
The amplitude of the received sound pulse is measured in an earlier timeframe than during
ordinary operation. The measured amplitude gives an indication of how much of the transmitted
sound pulse that travels through the solid cassette material instead of through the gas mixture in
the Expiratory Flow Transducer.
The values from both upstream and downstream directions are logged.
k factor
First the sum of the flow values from all of Gas Modules in the flow tests is calculated.
Secondly the sum of all the flow values from the Patient Cassette is calculated, where the flow
value from the gas reflector tests is absolute.
The k value is produced by dividing the Gas Module flow sum with the Patient Cassette flow
sum. The k value must be within 0.92 1.08.
The k value is tested by multiplying each Patient Cassette flow value measured by the
Monitoring system with the k value. If the sum of the flow values from the Gas Modules differ
more than 8% from the new Patient Cassette flow value in a subtest, the test will fail.
9.3 Fresh gas filter test

The purpose of this test is to check that the Fresh Gas Filter has not been clogged.
The Safety Valve is opened and the APL/PEEP Valve is closed.
The value from the Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer is measured and must not exceed
2 cmH2O.
A fresh gas flow of 100% O2 at 90 l/min is started and is reduced to 60 l/min after 2 seconds.
The value from the Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer is measured and must not exceed
11 cmH2O.
Note: The measured value from Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer at 60 l/min shall be checked
during Preventive Maintenance. The Fresh Gas Filter should be replaced if the measured
value exceeds 10 cmH2O.
66 76 980_05 6 - 12
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
10. AUTO ventilation leakage test

The purpose of the AUTO ventilation leakage test is to check:
Measure leakage in gas sampling system
Measure leakage in patient circuit (manual breathing bag with tubing excluded)
Measure leakage in connected vaporizers
Measure patient circuit compliance
Detect internal leakages into the system.
The following tests must be passed prior to the AUTO ventilation leakage test:
Pressure transducer test
Flow transducer test
Central gas supply must be available.
Furthermore, the CO2 Absorber must be docked in order to provide a correct system volume.
The Reflector Gas Module is used to pressurize the system to a pressure level of approx.
50 cmH2O. The pressure is measured by the Fresh Gas, Insp. and Reflector pressure
transducers. A leakage calculation is made by measure the pressure after 10 s and 16 s.
Maximum allowed leakage is 150 ml/min.
Compressible volume compensation factor is calculated during this test and shall be within the
limits of 2.6 6.0 ml/cmH2O.
11. MAN ventilation leakage test

The purpose of the MAN ventilation leakage test is to check:
Measure leakage in Manual Ventilation Bag and tubing (internal and external) involved in
manual ventilation.
Check function of the Manual Ventilation Valve.
The test is performed at a pressure of approx. 30 cmH2O.
The Fresh Gas Module AIR and Reflector Gas Module is used to pressurize the system.
The Fresh Gas and Reflector pressure transducers are used to control the pressure during the
test.
Due to the expandable manual bag, the method of leakage measurement is made by
calculation of the added volume needed to keep the pressure stable at approx. 30 cmH2O. This
differs from the AUTO Ventilation leakage test.
The function of the Manual Ventilation Valve will now be checked.
After the leakage measurement step the Manual Ventilation Valve will close.
The pressure inside the rest of the system is evacuated via the APL/PEEP valve and the
Fresh Gas Safety Valve.
The manual ventilation valve will then open and the Expiratory Flow Transducer is used to
observe an (negative) air flow from the manual bag within a timeframe of 0.5 s from valve
opening, a mean flow value is calculated and the negative flow shall be more than -0.4 l/s.
66 76 980_05 6 - 13
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
12. Gas analyzer test

The purpose of this test is to check the Patient Gas Analyzer (PGA) including AION and O2
sensor. However, no gas concentration measurement is performed, except for O2 in conjunction
with the leakage in gas sampling channel check.
This test is divided into eight steps.
1. Initial status check

The following initial status checks are performed:
Water Trap is connected.
O2 Central Gas Supply is connected and within pressure limits.
The error status is checked for PGA. No errors must be indicated. If errors are detected, the
gas analyzer test will fail and be aborted.
In case PGA reports occlusion, a dialog is displayed asking the user to check sampling line
and water trap. The dialog offers the possibility to redo the test.
2. Zero reference measurement (ZRM) tube check

Pump flow in PGA is set to zero and the zero calibration valve (ZCV) is set to measure room
air.
The pressure transducer inside PGA measures the ambient pressure.
Pump flow is then set to 200 ml/min. This will create a slight pressure drop which is measured
by the pressure transducers.
The pressure drop must be less than 20 hPa below the previously measured ambient
pressure.
3. Zeroing of PGA
PGA perform zeroing (ZRM).
4. O2 analyzer offset
Checks the O2 sensor @ 21%.
Measures room air by opening the zero valve (inside AION).
O2 offset is set to zero.
To stabilize the flow, room air is flushed for 10 s and then sampled 10 times over 2.5 s.
An O2 mean value is calculated. The mean value may not differ more than 3% (abs) @ 21%
and the noise level must not be more than 6% (abs).
5. Inlet valve check

The pressure drop in the PGA sampling line channel is measured. Limit: 25 70 hPa.
6. Outlet valve check

The PGA average flow is measured and must be at least 80 ml/min.
66 76 980_05 6 - 14
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
7. O2 concentration and sampling point check

This test is performed to determine whether there is a leakage in the gas sampling channel.
A fresh gas flow of 100% O2 at 30 l/min is started.
The SCO Valve is opened and the Manual Ventilation Valve and the APL/PEEP Valve are
closed.
The O2 concentration is checked by PGA and must be within 92 108%.
The measured values are evaluated by checking that PGA pressure drop is in range of
25 hPa to 125 hPa. The measured pressure drop is saved persistent, for use to detect if
sampling tube is disconnected or not in run mode. The pressure drop value is shown in the
Test results log, see chapter 5. Service procedures > Sampling line pressure drop test.
To run the system with the option Automatic Gas Control (AGC), the pressure drop must be
below 70 hPa. If AGC is activated in S&S, a dialog will appear if the pressure drop is between
70 hPa and 125 hPa. The dialog makes it possible to Redo the test after check or
replacement of sampling line, water trap and filters in patient cassette docking.
The dialog also makes it possible to override the test; the System checkout will pass, but AGC
will be disabled.
The fresh gas flow is stopped.
The SCO Valve is closed and the Manual Ventilation Valve and the APL/PEEP Valve are
opened.
8. Final status check and finishing

Checks that the Water Trap is connected.
Checks error status for PGA. No errors must be indicated.
Stops PGA pump.
13. Battery test

The purpose of this test is to check that the battery is connected, has sufficient capacity, and is
free from errors. Furthermore, the battery power path is checked and, on a daily basis, the
condition of the battery.
The battery test is divided into two parts, the Initial battery test and the final Battery test. The
reason for this is that the analysis of battery condition involves a measurement, which will take
about 2 minutes, and be performed in parallel by the Power Control subsystem while other test
are being executed. However, notice that the measurement is not performed during every
System checkout.
1. Initial battery test

Initial battery test starts the battery power path test and the internal resistance test (if
necessary). The Internal resistance test should be performed at least every 4 days. Since there
are some preconditions to start the test, the system will attempt to perform the test every day. If
more than 4 days has passed since the last internal resistance test was performed, it will be
logged.
As the vaporizers will reboot during tests prior to the Battery test, resulting in a major fluctuation
in power usage, the battery tests will not start before the connected vaporizers are properly
initiated.
The Initial battery tests are:
Battery power path test. Checks that the power supply switches to battery, when the input
voltage is decreased. The test fails if no battery current is detected.
Internal resistance test. Checks the condition of the battery by measuring that the internal
resistance. The test fails if the resistance is too high. As mains power is disconnected (by the
system) during this test, the green Mains LED goes out.
66 76 980_05 6 - 15
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Final battery check

The estimated battery operation time is checked. If the estimated time is below 18 minutes or if
the voltage is below 11.2 V, the user will be prompted to remain connected to mains power.
14. Vaporizer 1 test

Checks the Vaporizers one at a time. Will be shown as Vaporizer 1 check and Vaporizer 2
check in the logs.
The test is divided in three parts:
Initial vaporizer test
Vaporizer leakage test
Vaporizer final test.
The two first tests are started during the internal tests. Vaporizer leakage test is performed in
the background while other System checkout tests are executed. The tests will be interrupted if
any test fails. Such fail will also disable the vaporizer and generate a Technical alarm; TE 59/TE
922 for Vaporizer 1 or TE 60/TE 972 for Vaporizer 2.
1. Initial vaporizer test

Checks that the Vaporizer is connected and enabled and that it is possible to communicate
with its internal software.
Checks that the agent liquid level is sufficient to perform the test (>5%).
Checks that the vaporizer lid is closed.
Checks that it is possible to evacuate the vaporizer and reach a pressure below 200 hPa (700
hPa for Desflurane).
Checks that the vaporizers internal tests passed.
Checks that the vaporizer reaches a stable pressure of 1000 - 1400 hPa when pressurized.
2. Vaporizer leakage test

Checks that the leakage in the vaporizer is within -15 to 20 ml/min when the vaporizer is
pressurized and the pressure is stable.
3. Vaporizer final test

Checks the Vaporizer Safety Valve, which includes agent delivery and priming of the vaporizers.
The test requires that the following criteria are fulfilled, during the entire test.
The Vaporizer leakage test passed.
The latest result of AUTO ventilation leakage test and MAN ventilation leakage test passed.
PGA is Active.
Central Gas Supply pressure for AIR and O2 is above 1800 hPa.
Vaporizer is enabled and free from pending errors.
66 76 980_05 6 - 16
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
When these criteria are fulfilled, the test proceeds:

Checks that the vaporizer reaches a pressure of 1000 - 1400 hPa within 10 s.
The PEEP/APL valve and Fresh Gas Safety Valve are closed.
Vaporizer Inlet and Outlet Valves for vaporizer being tested are opened and Vaporizer Bypass
Valve is closed.
SCO Valve is opened.
Delivers a fresh gas flow (air) of 12 l/min.
Opens the Vaporizer Safety Valve.
Requests an agent concentration of 4%.
Checks that a necessary temperature is reached and the measured concentration is 3 - 5%
using the PGA.
Stops the agent delivery and evacuates the vaporizer.
Checks that the vaporizer reaches a pressure below 200 hPa (700 hPa for Desflurane) within
10 s.
Closes the vaporizer Safety valve and pressurizes the vaporizer.
Checks that the vaporizer reaches a pressure of 1000 - 1400 hPa within 10 s.
Request an agent concentration of 4% (12% for Desflurane).
Check that the measured concentration is below 0.5% (2% for Desflurane) using the PGA.
Opens the Vaporizer Safety valve and requests an agent concentration of 4%.
Checks that the measured concentration is 3 - 5% using the PGA.
The agent delivery is stopped and a gas flow is delivered to flush the system.
The PGA pump is stopped and the vaporizer is unlocked.
SCO Valve is closed.
If the test is passed, time and date for the test will be stored in the Vaporizer.
15. Vaporizer 2 test

This test is performed in the same way as Vaporizer 1 test, see above.
16. Technical alarms test

The Monitoring subsystem checks if technical alarms are active. The Alarm state test is run as
the last test case to be able to catch technical alarms activated during the System checkout.
66 76 980_05 6 - 17
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
Technical error codes and messages

General
Two classes of alarms exist:
Clinical alarms intended to notify the staff of changes in patient condition. These alarms are
described in the Users Manual.
Technical alarms related to the technical status of the system. All technical alarms are
displayed using the prefix 'TE' along with a reference number linked to the specific problem,
e.g. 'TE 12: Ventilation control error'. The Technical error code interpretation is available only
for personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET.
Alarms are divided into groups of priority:
High priority alarm (black text on red background, flashing)
Medium priority alarm (black text on yellow background, flashing)
Low priority alarm (black text on blue background).
Initial troubleshooting
In case of Technical alarms, always start troubleshooting with a System checkout:
Switch off the system. This will disable active Technical alarms that may interfere with the
System checkout.
Startup the system and run a full System checkout. The System checkout can correct some
errors and thus remove the cause of the Technical alarm.
Troubleshooting vaporizers and anesthetic agent delivery

If the System checkout indicates a fault condition in a vaporizer or in the anesthetic agent
delivery, always start with an initial troubleshooting to isolate the error cause as follows:
Check that the vaporizer contains anesthesia agent (not empty).
Switch vaporizer slot. Remove the vaporizer from the used slot and connect it to the other
slot. Repeat the test:
If the fault condition remains, the error is related to the vaporizer or the fresh gas sampling.
If the fault condition does not recur, the error is related to the original slot.
Switch vaporizer. If another vaporizer is available, connect this vaporizer:
If the fault condition remains, the error is related to the fresh gas sampling.
If the fault condition does not recur, the error is related to the original vaporizer.
66 76 980_05 6 - 18
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
PC board LED indicators

This section describes the green and red LED indicators on some of the PC boards that are
used to indicate activities and errors. See diagrams below.
PC 1907 Valve Drivers
The LEDs on PC 1907, as described here, indicates that a control signal to the concerned valve
is enabled.
LED # Valve LED # Valve

D35 VAP 1 Lock Pilot Valve EMV7 D42 VAP Bypass Pilot Valve EMV4
D36 VAP 1 Selection Pilot Valve EMV6 D43 VAP 2 Pressure Valve EMV11
D37 VAP 1 Scavenging Valve EMV10 D44 SCO Pilot Valve EMV3
D38 VAP 1 Pressure Valve EMV9 D45 Manual Vent. Pilot Valve EMV2
D39 CGA inlet Valve EMV14 (not used) D46 AFGO Valve EMV18
D40 VAP 2 Selection Pilot Valve EMV5 D47 VAP 2 Scavenging Valve EMV12
D41 VAP 2 Lock Pilot Valve EMV8 D48 CGA outlet Valve EMV16 (not used)
66 76 980_05 6 - 19
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
PC 1919 Expiratory Channel
LED # LED indication

D38 Heating foil on Expiratory Flow Transducer in operation (power supply monitored).
D1 Communication with temperature sensor or E2Prom on PC 1917 (inside Patient
Cassette) established.
D2 Communication with temperature sensor or E2Prom on PC 1917 (inside Patient
Cassette) established but error(s) are reported. Possible causes: poor contact, broken
temperature sensor or checksum error.
D3 Normal operation.
D4 Startup process.
66 76 980_05 6 - 20
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
PC 1920 Control

D1 WD = Watchdog triggered. PC board in reset state.
D2 CHKS = LED not used.
D3 +1.5 = +1.5 V power available.
D6 +5V = +5 V power available.
D7 L_1G = Flashing in sequence (back and forth) with D8, D9 and D10 indicates
checksum (SW or HW) error.
D8 L_1R = Flashing in sequence with D10 indicates memory (RAM) error.
Flashing in sequence (back and forth) with D7, D9 and D10 indicates checksum (SW
or HW) error.
Flashing in sequence (back and forth) with D7, D8 and D9 indicates checksum (SW or
HW) error.
66 76 980_05 6 - 21
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
PC 1921 Monitoring

D78 DISV = Disable valves. Will close gas modules and open Fresh Gas Safety Valve and
APL/PEEP Valve.
D1 WD = Watchdog triggered. PC board in reset state.
D2 CHKS = LED not used.
Flashing in sequence (back and forth) with D7, D9 and D10 indicates checksum (SW
or HW) error.
Flashing in sequence (back and forth) with D7, D8 and D9 indicates checksum (SW or
HW) error.
PC 1922 Panel
LED indicators on PC 1922 Panel are not visible (covered by the connector panel) and cannot
be used during troubleshooting.
66 76 980_05 6 - 22
6. TROUBLESHOOTING

D1 WD RESET = Watchdog triggered. PC board in reset state.
D2 CPU EXEC = Solid green indicates normal CPU operation. Flashing green indicates
that PC board calibration is required (not possible during field service).
D3 +3.3V = +3.3 V power available.
D4 +3.3V_INT = +3.3 V internal power available.
D7 -12V = -12 V power available.
D8 +12V_M_VALVES = +12 V power for valves controlled by PC 1907 available.
D9 +24V_AN_MON = +24 V power for Patient Gas Analyzer available.
D10 +24V_AN_CON = +24 V power for Control Gas Analyzer available.
D11 +24V_INSP_1_2 = +24 V power for Gas Modules 1 and 2 (upper modules) available.
D12 +24V_INSP_3_4 = +24 V power for Gas Modules 3 and 4 (lower modules) available.
+12V_UNREG:
D13 _CORE = +12V_UNREG for general system functions available.
D14 _EXP_S_VALVES = +12V_UNREG for Fresh Gas Safety Valve and APL/PEEP Valve
available.
D15 _VAP1 = +12V_UNREG for Vaporizer 1 available.
D16 _VAP2 = +12V_UNREG for Vaporizer 2 available.
D17 _DISPLAY = +12V_UNREG for Control Panel available.
D18 _EXPANSION = +12V_UNREG for LED Lamp and Cylinder Pressure (functions
controlled by PC 1903) available.
66 76 980_05 6 - 23
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
Other errors and remedies

This section describes possible causes and recommended actions in case of other technical
errors in the FLOW-i Anesthesia System.
Symptoms of errors Possible causes Remedy
The system will not The Emergency ventilation 1. Turn off the switch.
start up. The switch is active. 2. Replace the switch in case of
ON/OFF switch is not malfunction.
lit.
No connection of battery 1. Check power cable connections
voltage to PC 1923. at the battery and at PC 1903.
2. Check fuses F1 and F2 on
PC 1903. If fuse(s) are blown,
the root cause must be found.
Probable causes are
Short circuit of the positive
battery pole to chassis/ground.
Check battery position in the
battery compartment.
Malfunction on PC 1923.
Check PC 1923 for
component damages.
When the root cause is
remedied, replace PC 1903.
Battery is deeply drained 1. Check battery.
Battery pole voltage <8 V. 2. Replace battery if battery pole
voltage is <11 V.
Malfunction in Fan 1. 1. Check/replace Fan 1.
Note: PC 1923 must detect The check can be done by
that the fan starts rotating. manually rotate the fan, e.g. by
Otherwise, PC 1923 will not using a pen.
power up the system.
Malfunction in PC 1923. 1. Check/replace PC 1923.
The system is ON, Malfunction in the Power 1. Check/replace the Power button.
but not possible to button.
switch OFF.
Poor cable connections. 1. Check Power button connection
to PC 1928 Power On/Off.
2. Check PC 1928 cable connector
to P29 on PC 1900 Main back-
plane.
The system will only The AC/DC Converter will not 1. Check cables and cable
run on power backup supply power to PC 1923 connectors between AC/DC
battery. Power control. Converter and PC 1923.
2. Check/replace the AC/DC
Converter.
66 76 980_05 6 - 24
6. TROUBLESHOOTING
The system will not The power backup battery will 1. Check power backup battery
run on power backup not supply power to PC 1923 cables and cable connectors.
battery. Power control. 2. Check power backup battery.
3. Check fuses F1 and F2 on
PC 1903. If fuse(s) are blown,
the root cause must be found.
Probable causes are
Short circuit of the positive
battery pole to chassis/ground.
Check battery position in the
battery compartment.
Malfunction on PC 1923.
Check PC 1923 for
component damages.
When the root cause is
remedied, replace PC 1903.
3. Replace PC 1923.
During a Leakage Drive gas supply is added into 1. Check/replace the O2 Flush
check the message: the patient circuit. valve.
Leakage into the
system appears
Fresh gas or reflector gas is 1. Check all four gas modules.
added to patient circuit. Check that nozzle units are
properly inserted and not
damaged.
The Mechanical APL Poor adjustment of the 1. Adjust regulator according to
knob does not Mechanical APL pressure instructions in chapter Service
respond with a regulator REG5. procedures.
distinct feeling or
gives an incorrect Mushroom valve in APL 1. Check/replace mushroom valve
pressure level. actuator defective or not in in APL actuator.
correct position.
Defective drive gas supply 1. Check tubing.
tube to emergency ventilation
section.
The set APL value When Emergency Ventilation 1. Set Mechanical APL to minimum.
will not correspond to is switched Off, the Mechanical
the value displayed APL must be set to minimum.
on the Control panel. If the Mechanical APL is set to
a higher pressure, the
Emergency APL Actuator may
not be de-pressurized through
the Excess pressure vent in
the regulator. This may affect
the normal APL function.
APL knob is not calibrated. 1. Perform an APL knob calibration
Calibration lost e.g. during according to instructions in
System SW installation. chapter Service procedures.
The APL potentiometer 1. Check/replace the APL
defective. potentiometer.
PC 1907 Valve drivers 1. Check/replace PC 1907.
defective.
66 76 980_05 6 - 25
NOTES
66 76 980_05
7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

7. Preventive
perform installation, service or maintenance
General ................................................... 7-2
properly before disassembling and Required equipment ............................... 7-2
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard Handling PC boards ............................... 7-2
Maintenance kit contents ........................ 7-3
noted in a log book. Performing the Preventive maintenance 7-5
After any installation, maintenance or Preparations ........................................ 7-5
Parts to be cleaned ............................. 7-6
Manual check of Emergency ventilation Parts to be replaced ............................ 7-7
Parts to be checked............................. 7 - 14
User's Manual.
This product contains electronic and Safety inspection ................................. 7 - 19
electrical components. Discard Completing the Preventive
disposable, replaced and left-over parts Maintenance ........................................ 7 - 19
66 76 980_05 7-1
General
Only personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET shall be permitted to perform installation,
service or maintenance of the FLOW-i anesthesia system.
Preventive maintenance of the FLOW-i anesthesia system must be performed by personnel
trained and authorized by MAQUET at least once a year, or every 5000 hours of operation,
whichever comes first.
The memory backup batteries on PC 1920, PC 1921 and PC 1922 shall be replaced every
five years.
It is recommended that a regular cleaning should be performed before carrying out Preventive
maintenance. Refer to instructions in the User's Manual.
Some optional equipment used with the system, but not covered by this Service Manual, may
also demand maintenance actions. Refer to the optional equipments documentation.
Required equipment
Standard service tools.
Connector kit for pressure tester P/N 66 85 355.
Pressure gauge, local purchase. See chapter 5. Service procedures > Pressure regulators
REG1REG4.
Lubricants should normally not be used when servicing the unit. If lubricants must be used,
use only very small amounts of grease with P/N 95 73 700. This special grease is O2
compatible.
If the silicon gaskets are difficult to mount, the gaskets can be lubricated with a small amount
of clean water to help them in position.
Calibration gas kit including gas bottle, regulator and tubing. P/N 52 07 415.
Gas evacuation system.
Barometer (or information about the actual barometric pressure).
Access to the Service & Settings (S&S) is required.
Maintenance Kit FLOW-i 12 Months containing all parts needed during the maintenance.
Handling PC boards
Avoid contact with PC boards when performing maintenance inside the system.
The PC boards contain components that are highly sensitive to static electricity.
Those who come into contact with circuit boards containing sensitive components must take
certain precautions to avoid damaging the components (ESD protection).
When working with ESD sensitive components, always use a grounded wrist band and
grounded work surface. Adequate service tools must also be used.
PC boards (spare parts) must always be kept in protective packaging for sensitive electronic
devices.
PC boards must not be inserted or removed while mains power or backup battery power is
applied to the PC boards.
Remove and insert the PC boards very carefully to avoid damage to the connectors.
66 76 980_05 7-2
Maintenance kit contents

Only original parts from MAQUET must be used. Spare parts and maintenance kits can be
ordered from your local MAQUET representative.
When performing this maintenance, a 'Maintenance Kit FLOW-i 12 Months' should be used.
The following parts shall be replaced and they are included in the 'Maintenance Kit FLOW-i 12
Months':
Code Parts to be replaced Qty

A Fresh Gas Supply / Reflector Gas Supply
Filter in Gas Module 4
Nozzle unit in Gas Module 4
O-ring in docking 4
B Gas Distribution Section
Gas Inlet Filters, O2, AIR, N2O - Central gas supply 3
O-ring in contact surface 8
C Patient Cassette Docking
Exp. Sample Filter Holder 1
Insp. Sample Filter Holder 1
Sampling Line Nafion 1
D Patient Cassette (parts for one cassette)
Silicone gasket towards Safety Valve 2
Silicone gasket towards Reflector 2
Silicone gasket towards Sample Filter: 1
Exp. gas sampling return
Exp. pressure sampling
Insp. gas sampling
Insp. pressure sampling
Insp. gas sampling return
Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve OV12 1
APL/PEEP Valve membrane 1
Manual Ventilation Valve membrane 1
Absorber valve 2
E Volume Reflector
Reflector Socket silicone gasket 2
F EVAC
EVAC silicone tube (angled tube) 1
G Vaporizer Valve Section
Double Channel Plate 1
H Emergency Manual Ventilation Section
Mushroom valve 1
66 76 980_05 7-3
Oxygen Flow One-way Valve OV13 including 2 O-rings 1

I Gas Analyzer Section
Sampling Line Nafion 1
J Fan
Dust Filter 1
Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder maintenance
If the system is equipped with an optional Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack or Backup
Gas Holder, a Maintenance Kit FLOW-i Backup gas is required:
K Extra kit for units with backup gas supply

Gas Inlet Filters, O2, AIR, N2O - Cylinder gas supply 3
O-ring in contact surface (already included in B) 8
Filter set for Yoke 4
Seal for Yoke 10
Extra Patient Cassette maintenance

If the system is equipped with extra Patient Cassettes, a Maintenance Kit FLOW-i Cassette for
each cassette is required.
L Extra Patient Cassettes, one kit for each cassette:

Silicone gasket towards Safety Valve 2
Silicone gasket towards Reflector 2
Exp. gas sampling return
Exp. pressure sampling
Insp. gas sampling
Insp. pressure sampling
Insp. gas sampling return
Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve OV12 1
APL/PEEP Valve membrane 1
Manual Ventilation Valve membrane 1
Absorber valve compl. 2
Extra Volume Reflector maintenance

If the system is equipped with extra Volume Reflectors, additional parts are required.
M Extra Volume Reflector, additional parts for each reflector:

Reflector Socket Silicone Seal 2
66 76 980_05 7-4
Performing the Preventive maintenance

The Preventive Maintenance can be divided into six steps:
Preparations
Parts to be cleaned
Parts to be replaced
Parts to be checked
Safety inspection
Completing the Preventive Maintenance.
All steps during Preventive Maintenance should be documented in a protocol. A Preventive
Maintenance Protocol for FLOW-i Anesthesia System is available on the MPower website.
Disassembling and assembling of the unit is required during the Preventive Maintenance. If not
stated otherwise, refer to chapter 'Disassembling and assembling' for instructions.
Preparations
Make a general inspection/visual check of the system for external defects or damages.
Replace defective or damaged parts.
Make sure that gas supply hoses, connectors and color coding are correct.
Check and note Serial number, System software version and Operating time.
Check that a User's Manual corresponding to the installed System software version is present.
Also check that operating manuals for optional equipment connected to the system are
present.
Check if there are any unexpected 'Technical alarms' in the Logs.
Service key is required (Service & Settings > Logs > Service logs > Technical alarms).
Perform a System checkout to make sure that the system work properly before the
maintenance.
Switch Off the system.
Remove patient tubing (incl. gas sampling tube and water trap) and the manual breathing bag.
If fitted, remove bacteria filter(s) from the patient cassette.
66 76 980_05 7-5
Parts to be cleaned
Remove the EVAC parts:

1. EVAC Reservoir
2. EVAC Indicator
3. Hytrel tubing.
Clean the parts. Wash by hand. Dishwasher or autoclave not allowed.

Make sure that the parts are clean and emptied from fluids.
Restore the EVAC system properly. It is however recommended to restore the EVAC system
later in the maintenance procedure, when all parts in the Preventive Maintenance kit are
replaced.
WARNING! Ensure that the EVAC system is correctly connected. Running the
system with a poor connection may result in anesthetic agent being emitted into the
operation environment. Leakages in the EVAC system will not be detected by the
System checkout.
66 76 980_05 7-6
Parts to be replaced
The letters A M in the text below refers to the description of the Maintenance kit contents
above.
Note: Optional leakage checks after several of the work steps are recommended to verify that
no leakage has been implemented during the maintenance procedures.
A Fresh Gas Supply / Reflector Gas

Supply
1. Replace filter in Gas Modules.
2. When replacing filter, move the
rubber seal from the old to the new
filter. Make sure that the rubber seal
is clean. Dirt particles on the rubber
seal may cause leakage.
Note: Check for moisture in the gas

module filter housing. If moisture is found,
this may indicate too high moisture
content in the gas supply. Inform the
customer that gas supply must fulfill
requirements for medical grade gases
according to applicable standards. Refer
to 'Technical specifications in the User's
Manual.
3. Replace nozzle unit in Gas Module.

Make sure that O-ring on top of the
nozzle unit is correctly seated and
that the nozzle unit is clean. Dirt
particles on the nozzle unit may
cause leakage.
Important: After replacement of nozzle

units, wait 10 minutes before connecting
pressure to the Gas Modules.
4. Replace O-rings in docking.

5. The Reflector Gas Selector setting
must be checked during Preventive
Maintenance. Perform this check now
as it must be done with the Gas
Modules removed. Check that
selector arm is set to O2 as shown in
the illustration.
6. Optional: Perform a Leakage check.
66 76 980_05 7-7
B Gas Distribution Section

Gas Inlet Filters for central gas supply:
1. O2
2. AIR
3. N2O.
If the unit is equipped with a Backup Gas

Trolley, Backup Gas Rack or Backup Gas
Holder replace the Gas Inlet Filters for
cylinder gas supply:
4. O2
5. AIR
6. N2O.
7. Replace O-rings in contact surface on
the gas inlet/outlet block (not shown).
C Patient Cassette Docking

Replace:
1. Insp. Sample Filter Holder.
2. Exp. Sample Filter Holder.
3. Sampling Line Nafion.
Note: FLOW-i delivered with System

version 3.0 (or above) from factory is not
equipped the CGA sampling system. On
these units:
The Nafion Line (3) is not included and
replacement is thus not required.
The filters (4) in the Insp. Sample Filter
Holder are replaced by filters plugs.
They must not be replaced.
On FLOW-i equipped with the CGA
sampling system, but field updated to
System version 3.0 (or above), the Nafion
Line (3) should be replaced. An aged
Nafion Line can cause leakage.
66 76 980_05 7-8
D Patient Cassette (parts for one

cassette)
Replace:
1. Silicone gasket towards Safety Valve.
2. Silicone gasket towards Reflector.
3. Silicone gasket towards Sample
Filter:
Exp. gas sampling return.
4. Silicone gasket towards Sample
Filter:
Exp. pressure sampling.
Insp. gas sampling.
Insp. pressure sampling.
Insp. gas sampling return.
5. Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve
OV12.
6. APL/PEEP Valve membrane. The
operating capacity meter must be
reset after replacement of the
APL/PEEP Valve membrane. The
meter is reset using the Service
report menu (Replaced expiratory
membrane).
7. Manual Ventilation Valve membrane.
8. Absorber valves.
Note 1: When mounting the Expiratory

Outlet One-way Valve OV12, lubricate
with a small amount of clean water to
help it in position. Use a small pair of plier
and carefully pull the valve neck.
The valve neck cannot be pulled
completely through the plastic.
66 76 980_05 7-9
E Volume Reflector
1. Replace Reflector Socket silicone
gasket (1).
Note: The Reflector Socket silicone

gasket (1) is 1 mm shorter that the
Silicone gasket towards Reflector.
Do not mix up.
F EVAC
1. Replace EVAC silicone tube (angled
tube)
G Vaporizer Valve Section

1. Replace the Double Channel Plate.
Note 1: The silicon bypass channel (3) is

sensitive and can create leakage.
Note 2: Mount the Double channel plate

with the system switched Off. If the
system is switched On and set to
Standby, the bypass valve will open
(pulled in) and will thus not engage the
Double channel plate.
66 76 980_05 7 - 10
H Emergency Manual Ventilation

Section
1. Replace the Mushroom valve.
2. Replace the Oxygen Flow One-way

Valve OV13 including O-rings.
I Gas Analyzer Section

1. Replace Sampling Line Nafion
66 76 980_05 7 - 11
J Fan
1. Replace Dust Filter
K Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder maintenance
Extra kit for units with backup gas supply:
1. Replace Gas Inlet Filters, O2, AIR, N2O for cylinder gas supply.
Note: It is recommended to replace the Gas Inlet Filters for cylinder gas supply during work
step B Gas Distribution Section.
2. Replace O-ring in contact surface (already included in work step B)
3. Replace filter set for yoke.

4. Replace seal for yoke.
L Extra Patient Cassette maintenance

On each extra Patient Cassette, perform maintenance as described in work step D above.
Note: The operating capacity meter must be reset after replacement of the APL/PEEP Valve
membrane. If the unit is equipped with several Patient Cassettes, the capacity meter must be
reset on each cassette. The meter is reset using Service & Settings (S&S > Service report >
Replaced expiratory membrane).
M Extra Volume Reflector maintenance

On each extra Volume Reflector, perform maintenance as described i work step E above.
66 76 980_05 7 - 12
Power backup battery replacement

Battery replacement is described in chapter 'Service procedures'.
When removing or installing the battery, be very careful with service tools, connection cables,
etc, in order not to short-circuit the battery.
Discard the old battery. Worn-out batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly in
After battery replacement, allow the battery to recharge before clinical use of the system.
Note: The power backup battery replacement date must be reset after replacement. The
replacement date is set using Service & Settings (S&S > Service report > Replaced internal
battery).
Memory backup battery replacement

The memory backup batteries on PC 1920, PC 1921 and PC 1922 must be replaced every
five years. Check replacement date in Service report or check manufacturing date on the
batteries.
Replacement is described in chapter 'Service procedures'.
Always replace all three memory backup batteries at the same time to keep the same
replacement date for all batteries.
Discard the old batteries. Worn-out batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly in
Note: The memory backup batteries replacement date must be reset after replacement. The
replacement date is set using Service & Settings (S&S > Service report > Replaced memory
backup batteries).
66 76 980_05 7 - 13
Parts to be checked
WARNING! With mains power supply connected to the unit, there are energized
electrical components inside the equipment. All personnel must exercise extreme
caution when in the vicinity of this equipment if maintenance, fault tracing or
adjustments are performed with mains power supply connected and with the
FLOW- covers opened or removed.
CAUTION: The anesthetic gas and the calibration gas contain substances that may
be detrimental to your health. During use of such gases, assure that the system is
connected to an effective gas evacuation system, e.g. the hospitals AGSS system.
System status:
Mains power cable disconnected
Gas supply disconnected
System switched off.
1. Check cables
Check that the following power cables and connectors are not damaged or loose:
Mains power
AC/DC Converter
Power backup battery
Isolation Transformer
Check that the Control Panel cable and connectors are not damaged or loose.
For units with an optional Patient Monitor; check that the Patient Monitor cables and
connectors (mains power and communication) are not damaged or loose.
For units with an optional Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack or Backup Gas Holder;
check that the cable and connector (cable connected to PC 1903) is not damaged or loose.
2. Check Reflector Gas Selector

Check that the Reflector Gas Selector is set to O2. Refer to work step A Fresh Gas Supply /
Reflector Gas Supply above.
System status:
Mains power cable disconnected
Gas supply connected
3. Tubings and leakage

Check for leakage at the N2O gas inlet.
Visually check that the internal tubings/hoses are in good condition.
Check for leakage in gas conveying parts that are not covered by the System checkout, e.g.
drive gases.

Check Pressure Regulator REG1-REG4. Pressure regulator checks are described in chapter
'Service procedures'.
66 76 980_05 7 - 14
System status:
Mains power cable connected
System switched to Standby.
5. Fan
Check that the Fan works. Make sure that the cooling air flow is directed into the unit. The fan
rotation is monitored and the system will not start with a malfunction in the fan.
6. Control Panel
Check the screen readability:
Transparency
Surface
Brightness (backlight). Using S&S, check backlight operating time.
Control Panel of Version A (with lamps): Estimated lifetime (with acceptable brightness
level) for the lamps is 30000 hours.
Control Panel of Version B (with LEDs): It is estimated that the LED backlight will maintain
an acceptable brightness level during the units lifetime.
The time meter must be reset after backlight replacement. The replacement date is set
using Service & Settings (S&S > Service report > Replaced backlight).
Check if pixels on the screen are defective. A few defective pixels can be accepted. Check
that defective pixels are not concentrated to a small area thus reducing the readability in this
area.
Perform the checks listed below and make sure that the software responds to these actions.
Check the touch screen functions. Press buttons on different parts of the screen.
Check the Rotary knob. Turn and press the Rotary knob.
Check the Membrane buttons. Press all buttons. Note that some of the buttons are active
with the system in running mode only. E.g. the Audio pause button can only be checked
during an alarm condition.
7. Barometric pressure
Check that the barometric pressure value
(Service & Settings > Calibration >
Barometer > Current barometer pressure)
corresponds to the actual barometric
pressure value at the local site. The current
pressure may not differ more than 5% from
the actual barometric pressure.
If required, enter a New pressure value.
Barometer calibration is described in chapter
'Service procedures'.
66 76 980_05 7 - 15
8. Gas Analyzer Section

Check and if required calibrate the:
Patient gas analyzer AION
Patient O2 Sensor
Check and calibration of Gas analyzer and

O2 Sensor are described in chapter 'Service
procedures'.
Note: A System Checkout is required for the

gas analyzer check/calibration and the Fresh
gas filter check described below.
Perform the Sampling line pressure drop

test.
Refer to chapter 5. Service procedures >
Sampling line pressure drop test.
9. AFGO leakage check

Applicable only for units with AFGO option
installed valve:
Check AFGO leakage (Service &Settings >
Tests > Leakage check > AFGO leakage):
Plug the AFGO outlet with a 14-18-20 mm
rubber plug (from the service kit).
Start the AFGO leakage check.
Remove the rubber plug from the AFGO
outlet.
10. Fresh gas filter check

Check the service log Test results for the System checkout performed during Gas analyzer
check/calibration (in work step 8. Gas Analyzer Section).
A measured Fresh Gas Pressure at 60 l/min that exceeds 10 cm H2O indicates a clogged
Fresh Gas Filter. The filter should be replaced. See log example below.
2012-04-26 14:54:48 FIN Fresh gas filter test Result Passed

2012-04-26 14:54:48 MEA Measured O2 flow 0.99 l/s]
2012-04-26 14:54:48 MEA Fresh Gas Filter pressure drop at 60 l/min 1.44 cmH2O
2012-04-26 14:54:48 MEA Fresh Gas Pressure at 60 l/min 7.86 [N/A, 11.00] cmH2O
2012-04-26 14:54:46 MEA Measured O2 flow 1.49 l/s
In this example, the measured value is 7.86 cmH2O.
66 76 980_05 7 - 16
System status:
System switched to a ventilation mode.
11. Vaporizer section

Check function of the Vaporizer Locking Device:
Activate the vaporizer and check that the release handle is locked.
Check both vaporizer slots.
System status:
Re-assemble the system (covers, doors and optional equipment that has been removed).
12. Emergency Ventilation Section

Check for leakage in the Emergency Ventilation System.
Check function of the Emergency Ventilation System. Refer to section Manual check of
Emergency Ventilation System in the Users Manual.
13. Carrier
Check the Control Panel arm friction. Adjust if required.
Check the Patient Monitor mounting friction (option).
Check that the wheels and wheel breaks work properly.
Check that the drawers work properly.
Check that the lift (C30 only) works properly.
Check that any optional equipment is properly mounted onto the carrier:
Auxiliary O2 and suction module.
Patient Monitor mounting.
Adjustable arm for patient monitor parameter modules. Check arm friction and module
bracket friction. Adjust if required.
Side rails.
Manual breathing bag support arm.
Additional table. Check arm friction and table friction. Adjust if required.
Rear handle.
66 76 980_05 7 - 17
14. Vaporizer
On each Vaporizer to be used on the
system:
Check that the O-ring (1) is mounted in
the Docking valve and that the O-ring is in
good condition.
15. Backup Gas Trolley, Backup Gas Rack and Backup Gas Holder (option)
Check the gas tubes between the backup gas unit and the gas connections on the system.
The gas tube connections must be tightened firmly with a wrench.
It must not be possible to disconnect the gas tubes by hand (without wrench).
Check that the cable and connector (cable connected to the backup gas unit) is not damaged
or loose. Cable/connector at PC 1903 already checked in work step 1. Check cables.
Check that the gas cylinder straps are not damaged and that they work properly.
Ensure the gas cylinders are properly secured using the straps.
16. Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module (option)

Make a general inspection/visual check of the Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module for external
defects or damages.
Check that gas supply hoses between the Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module and the Gas
Distribution Section are correct.
Check seat and seal for the bacterial and hydrophobic filter. Make sure that installation of the
filter works properly.
Check that the Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module work properly. Test instructions for the
Flowmeter unit and the Suction unit are included in the User's Manual.
66 76 980_05 7 - 18
Safety inspection
Check that country specific warning labels are present.
Check that accessible fuses have correct values.
Perform a leakage current test. The use of an Electrical Safety Tester is recommended. The
leakage current test is a standard procedure regulated by IEC/EN 60601-1 or corresponding
national standards. Allowable values and test methods are defined in the standard IEC/EN
60601-1 Class 1, Type B.
Completing the Preventive Maintenance

Perform a System checkout and a Manual check of Emergency ventilation system. Refer to
the User's Manual.
Extra Patient Cassettes, extra Volume Reflectors and Vaporizers used in the system must be
tested. Connect such units to the system and repeat the System checkout.
Perform 'Function checks' on the optional equipments connected to the system. Refer to the
operating manuals for these optional equipments.
Create and save a Service report in Service & Settings. Report performed actions:
Performed preventive maintenance. This will also reset the preventive maintenance time
counter in the Status menu.
Replaced expiratory membrane. This will also reset the remaining capacity meter for the
APL/PEEP Valve membrane in the Status menu. If the unit is equipped with several Patient
Cassettes, the remaining capacity meter must be reset on each cassette. Repeat the
Service report > Replaced expiratory membrane on each cassette and enter the cassette
S/N in the text field.
Replaced control panel backlight. This will also reset the Backlight operating time counter in
the Status menu.
Replaced power backup battery. This will also update the power backup Battery replaced
date in the Status menu.
Replaced memory backup batteries.
Note in the units log book that a Preventive Maintenance has been performed.
66 76 980_05 7 - 19
NOTES
66 76 980_05
8. INDEX

8. Index
perform installation, service or Alphabetic index ..................................... 8-2
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard
User's Manual.
66 76 980_05 8-1
8. INDEX
A Drive Gas Safety Valve 3-8

Drive Gas Supply Section 2-4, 3-7
Absorber Bypass Valves 3-31
Absorber Sensor 3-44
AC/DC Converter (lift) 3-77 E
AC/DC Converter 3-63 Electronic block diagram 2-22
Adjustment of friction joints 5-56 Electronic structure 2-19
AFGO 2-14, 3-78 Electronic subsystems 2-20
AFGO leakage (S&S) 5-20 EMC Gasket 3-23
AFGO Pilot Valve 3-79 Emergency APL Actuator 3-54
AFGO Valve 3-78 Emergency APL Pressure Regulator 3-53
AGS 3-6 Emergency Manual Ventilation Section 2-9, 3-51
AGS Flow Indicator 3-58 Emergency Ventilation Switch 3-57
AIR and O2 Supply for optional equipment 3-9 Environmental declaration 1-5
APL knob (S&S) 5-22 EVAC 2-10, 3-57
APL Potentiometer 3-13 EVAC Reservoir 3-58
APL/PEEP Valve 3-32 Expiratory Flowmeter 2-20
APL/PEEP Valve Coil 3-53 Expiratory Flow Transducer 3-31
Assembling guidelines 4-5 Expiratory Outlet One-way Valve 3-32
AUTO ventilation leakage test (SCO) 6-13
Auxiliary O2 and Suction Module 2-16, 3-82
Auxiliary Power Outlets 2-15, 3-80
F
Fan 1 3-65
FLOW-i revision history 9-2
B Flow Transducer tests (SCO) 6-11
Backlight Inverter 3-61 Flowmeter Unit 3-83
Backup Gas Holder 2-17, 3-86 Fresh Gas Filter 3-20
Backup gas supply, functional check 5-69 Fresh Gas Inlet and Outlet Filters 3-26
Backup Gas Rack 2-16, 3-84 Fresh Gas Modules 3-14
Backup Gas Trolley 2-16, 3-84 Fresh Gas Safety Valve 2-6, 3-28
Barometer (S&S) 5-23 Fresh Gas Supply 2-5, 3-14
Barometer test (SCO) 6-7 Functional units 2-3
Battery test (SCO) 6-15
Bleed-flow devices 3-54
G
Gas Analyzer (S&S) 5-24
C Gas Analyzer Section 2-7, 3-36
C20 2-2 Gas Analyzer test (SCO) 6-14
C30 2-2 Gas analyzer zero calibration gas intake 3-54
C40 2-2 Gas Control Section 2-4, 3-10
C40 Prerequisites and handling 5-67 Gas Distribution Section 2-4, 3-4
Cable clamps 4-7 Gas Escape Pipe 3-25
Calibrations S&S 5-21 Gas Escape Pipe Filter 3-25
CAN bus 2-19 Gas Inlet/Outlet Block 4-12
CO2 Absorber 2-8, 3-43 Gas Inlets and Outlet 3-5
Control 2-20 Gas Module Docking 3-6
Control Gas Analyzer CGA 3-37 Gas Modules 4-12
Control Panel 2-10, 3-59, 4-8 Gas supply pressure test (SCO) 6-8
Covers 4-10
H
D Handling PC boards 4-3
Display/Touch Panel 3-60 Handling vaporizers 4-2
Docking Valve 3-23 Hazard notices 1-2
Double Channel Plate 4-13
Drain Plug 3-25
Drive Gas Filter 3-23
Drive Gas One-way Valves 3-8
66 76 980_05 8-2
8. INDEX
I P
Information stored on PC boards 4-4 Panel 2-21
Insp. and Exp. Sample Filter Holder 3-35 Parts to be checked (PM) 7-14
Insp. and Exp. valves test (SCO) 6-5 Parts to be cleaned (PM) 7-6
Inspiratory and Expiratory Valves 3-31 Parts to be replaced (PM) 7-7
Installation 1-3 Patient Cassette 2-6, 3-30
Installation of optional equipment 5-65 Patient Cassette Cover 3-34
Instant O2 Supply Pressure Regulator 3-9 Patient Cassette Docking 2-7, 3-34
Interchangeability Control panel and Patient Patient Gas Analyzer AION 3-37
monitor 5-66 Patient Gas Analyzer AION check and
Internal leakage (S&S) 5-20 calibration (S&S) 5-25
Internal tests (SCO) 6-6 Patient Gas Analyzer PGA 3-37
Internal tubing 4-5 Patient Monitor mountings 2-17, 3-88
Isolation Transformer 2-15, 3-81 Patient O2 Sensor 3-40
Isolation Transformer fuse 3-67 Patient O2 Sensor check and calibration (S&S)
5-28
PC 1781 (E) Expiratory Pressure Transducer
L 3-12
Leakage check (S&S) 5-19 PC 1781 (F) Fresh Gas Pressure Transducer
Leakage detection 5-39 3-71
LED Lamp 3-65 PC 1781 (I) Inspiratory Pressure Transducer
Level Indicator 3-24 3-71
Lift 2-13, 3-77 PC 1781 (R) Reflector Pressure Transducer
3-46
Lift Actuator 3-77
PC 1900 Main back-plane 2-13, 3-76, 10-3, 10-5
Liquid Agent Filter 3-25
PC 1903 External Connectors 3-64
Logs S&S 5-16
PC 1906 Gas Block 3-5
Loudspeaker 3-61
PC 1907 Valve Drivers 3-12, 6-19
PC 1909 Vaporizer adapter 3-21
M PC 1910 Vaporizer Controller Board 3-27
Mains Power Inlet 3-67 PC 1911 Vaporizer Connector 3-27
MAN ventilation leakage test (SCO) 6-13 PC 1912 Vaporizer Liquid Detector 3-27
Manual Ventilation Bag 3-50 PC 1913 Vaporizer Liquid Level Detector 3-27
Manual Ventilation Section 2-9, 3-50 PC 1914 Vaporizer Spray LED 3-27
Manual Ventilation Switch 3-12 PC 1917 Expiratory Channel Cassette 3-33
Manual Ventilation Valve 3-32 PC 1918 Expiratory Channel Connector 3-35
Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator 3-55 PC 1919 Expiratory Channel 2-13, 3-70, 6-20
Manual Ventilation Valve Actuator PP3 PC 1920 Control 2-13, 3-77, 6-21
(adjustment) 5-55 PC 1921 Monitoring 2-13, 3-73, 6-22
Mechanical APL calibration 5-53 PC 1922 Panel 2-13, 3-74, 6-22
Memory Backup Batteries (replacement) 5-63 PC 1923 Power Control 3-63, 6-23
Memory Backup Battery 7-12 PC 1924 Display Connection 3-60
Memory types used in FLOW-i 3-2 PC 1925 Display CPU 3-61
Monitoring 2-20 PC 1926 Vaporizer Spray Detector 3-27
Multiple pressure leakage (S&S) 5-15 PC 1927 O2 Flush 3-68
PC 1928 Power On/Off 3-69
O PC 1931 Vaporizer Lid Sensor 3-27

PC 1938 Power Connection 3-67
O2 Flush test (SCO) 6-4
PC 1963 Backlight Inverter 3-61
O2 Flush Valve 3-16
PC board LED indicators 6-19
Optional equipment 2-18
PC board rack 2-13, 4-13
Oscillation Filter 3-16
Pilot Valve Pressure Regulators 3-8
Other errors and remedies 6-24
Pneumatic component abbreviations 3-2
Oxygen Connector Block 3-54
Pneumatic Valves default position 3-3
Oxygen Flow 3-53
Power Backup Battery 3-65, 7-13
Oxygen Flow Filter 3-54
Power Backup Battery, replacement 5-51
Oxygen Flow One-way Valve 3-54
Power Button 3-69
66 76 980_05 8-3
8. INDEX
Power Connection 2-12, 3-66

Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC boards 2-12,
T
3-68 Technical alarms test (SCO) 6-17
Power Section 2-11, 3-62 Technical error codes and messages 6-18
Preparations, disassembling and assembling 4-2 Test Plug 3-56
Pressure Regulators REG1 REG4 Test results logs 6-18
(adjustment) 5-51 Tests S&S 5-18
Pressure Supply Pilot Valves EMV2 EMV8 Thread locking adhesives 4-5
3-11 Tightening torque 4-5
Pressure Test Points 3-9 To the responsible service personnel 1-4
Pressure transducer tests (SCO) 6-9 Tools (Service key) 5-10
Preventive maintenance kit 7-3 Touch screen (S&S) 5-31
R V
Reflector Gas Module 3-47 Vaporizer 1 test (SCO) 6-16
Reflector Gas Selector 3-6 Vaporizer 2 test (SCO) 6-17
Reflector Gas Supply 2-8, 3-47 Vaporizer 2-6, 3-22
Reflector Socket 3-46 Vaporizer Bypass Valve 3-20
Replacing electrical components 4-3 Vaporizer Heating Foil 3-26
Replacing PC boards 4-3 Vaporizer Heating Foil Temperature Sensor 3-26
Rotary Knob 3-61 Vaporizer Injection Detection 3-26
Vaporizer Injector 3-25
S Vaporizer Inlet and Outlet Valves 3-20
Vaporizer Inlet/Outlet Valve test (SCO) 6-10
Safety Fill Valve 3-24
Vaporizer Lid 3-24
Safety inspection (PM) 7-18
Vaporizer Liquid Container 3-24
Safety Valve 3-28
Vaporizer Locking Device 3-21
Safety Valve tests (SCO) 6-10
Vaporizer Pressure and Scavenging Valves 3-19
Sampling line pressure drop test 5-38
Vaporizer Pressure Regulator 3-8
Service & Settings (Service key) 5-12
Vaporizer Pressure Transducer 3-25
Service & Settings S&S 10-10
Vaporizer Pressure Valves 3-19
Service 1-3
Vaporizer Safety Valve 3-25
Service functions S&S 5-32
Vaporizer Scavenging Valves 3-20
Service key 5-10
Vaporizer software installation 5-2, 5-6
Service Manual revision history 9-4
Vaporizer Valve Section 2-5, 3-17
Service report S&S 5-34
Vaporizing Chamber 3-26
Settings S&S 5-36
Vaporizing Chamber Temperature Sensor 3-26
Software option installation 5-8
Volume Reflector 2-8, 3-45
Special grease 4-5
Startup configuration S&S 5-35
Start-up safety feature 3-63 W
Status S&S 5-14 Water Trap 3-41
Subsystem tests (S&S) 5-19 Water Trap Receptacle 3-42
Suction Unit 3-83
Symbols used in this manual 1-2
System Checkout SCO 1-3, 2-10, 3-55, 6-3
System Checkout tests (S&S) 5-18
System Checkout Valve 3-55
System Overview 10-9
System software installation 5-2, 5-3
66 76 980_05 8-4
9. REVISION HISTORY

9. Revision history
perform installation, service or FLOW-i revision history .......................... 9-2
Service Manual revision history.............. 9-4
Service Manual Revision 01 ............. 9-4
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard Service Manual Revision 02 ............. 9-6
Service Manual Revision 03 ............. 9-9
noted in a log book. Service Manual Revision 04 ............. 9 - 12
After any installation, maintenance or Service Manual Revision 05 ............. 9 - 15

User's Manual.
66 76 980_05 9-1
9. REVISION HISTORY
FLOW-i revision history

System version # Status Comments
System version 1.0 Not valid Replaced by System version 1.1 in mandatory
update MCC/10/009/NU.
update MCC/11/001/IU.
System version 2.1 Valid System conditions:

Refer to Service Manual Control Gas Analyzer CGA and Patient Gas
66 76 980 revision 02. Analyzer PGA installed and active.
Double sampling used for CGA.
System checkout valve deactivated. Not mounted
on units with S/N 15002000.
SYSTEM VERSION 2.2 Valid Software improvements:

Refer to Service Manual New system software installer interface.
66 76 980 revision 03. The APL calibration values are not lost during
System software installation.
More robust monitoring of the Power Backup
Battery.
Increased MAN/AUTO switch reliability.
Improved EEPROM write algorithm.
Possibility to reset the EEPROM on PC 1900 in
Service & Settings.
Improved Service & Settings functions.
Other changes compared to System version 2.1:
Improved Fresh Gas Sampling IFGS (single
sampling) containing:
Fresh Gas Filter.
Improved gas sampling point S2.
To retrofit units with IFGS, the 'Improved fresh gas
sampling kit' must be installed prior to System
version 2.2 upgrade.
As in System version 2.1, the System checkout
valve deactivated. Not mounted on units with S/N
15002000.
66 76 980_05 9-2
9. REVISION HISTORY
System version 3.0 Valid Software improvements

Refer to Service Manual System software installer improvements.
66 76 980 revision 04. Vaporizer software can be installed without using
an USB memory stick.
MCare Remote Services is implemented.
Preventive Maintenance counter is now reset to
5000 hours when checking and saving with the
Performed preventative maintenance-button in
the Service & Settings menu.
The Units menu in Service & Settings is allowed
for changes from the access level Biomed.
Stabilized TE16 alarm. I2C messages are sent
twice before triggering the TE16 alarm.
Control Gas Analyzer CGA not used:
For FLOW-i field upgraded to System version
3.0, CGA will remain mounted but will be
disabled. CGA sampling and return points S1/S2
and R1/R2 will remain connected but not used.
For FLOW-i delivered from factory with System
version 3.0, CGA will not be included. CGA
sampling and return points S1/S2 and R1/R2 will
be plugged.
Note that the Fresh Gas Filter introduced with
IFGS (in System version 2.2) is required even
though the improved sampling point S2 is not
used.
System checkout valve reintroduced. Units with
S/N 15002000 were manufactured without the
System Checkout Valve PV6 and the System
Checkout Pilot Valve EMV3. These units must be
retrofitted with a System checkout valve kit prior
to System version 3.0 upgrade.
System version 4.0 Valid Software improvements. Major software

Refer to Service Manual improvements related to service are:
66 76 980 revision 05. System software adapted to AGC:
System checkout (Gas analyzer test).
Service & Settings (Startup configuration).
AGC tool available in Tools.
Sampling line pressure drop test to be performed
at AGC installation and during Preventive
Maintenance.
66 76 980_05 9-3
9. SERVICE MANUAL REVISION HISTORY
Service Manual Revision 01

The table below shows the most important changes made as compared to the previous version
of the Service Manual. The following keywords are used:
Added. New functionality added with System version 1.2.
Changed. Changed functionality with System version 1.2
Corrected. Corrections made due to printing errors or lack of information in the previous
version of the Service Manual.
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 1-1 General The Service Manual is based on
System version 1.2.
X 1-2 Hazard notices Warning regarding pressurized
components.
X 2-2 General Model C40 now included.
X 2-13 AFGO AFGO new option.
X 2-15 Backup gas holder Backup gas holder new option.
X 2-16 Patient monitor mountings Previously called Patient monitor,
but covers only the mechanical
mountings.
X 3-58 Emergency APL Pressure Scale (SP-30-80) removed from
Regulator the Emergency Ventilation panel.
X 3-80 PC 1922 Panel RS232 serial port (FCI 2) enabled.
X 3-83 AFGO AFGO new option.
X 3-90 Backup gas holder Backup gas holder new option.
X 3-92 Patient monitor mountings Revised description.
X 4-2 Preparations Warning regarding pressurized
components.
X 4-3 Replacing electrical Information regarding replacement
components of electrical components
X 4-5 Disconnecting and connecting Information on how to connect
internal tubing pressure transducer tubing.
X 4-8 Front door Information on how to reassemble
the unit and close the front door.
X 4-9 Side cover Information on how to remove the
side cover.
X 5-2 Tools CO2 always displayed in %.
X 5-2 Tools Tools menu now also available in
operational mode.
X 5-6 Software option installation New section in the manual.
X 5-10 APL knob calibration Information clarified.
X 5-11 Barometer calibration Previously not described in the
manual.
X 5-12 Gas analyzer and O2 sensor Calibration of gas analyzers now
calibration included in Service & Settings.
Information adapted to the new
procedure (pages 5-12 5-19).
X 5-20 Touch screen calibration New section in the manual.
X 5-21 AFGO leakage check New section in the manual.
66 76 980_05 9-4
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 5-32 Pressure regulators REG1 Information adapted to the new
REG4 calibration procedure.
X 5-34 Mechanical APL calibration Information adapted to the new
design and calibration procedure.
X 5-41 Installation of optional New section in this manual.
equipment General information regarding
installation of optional equipment.
X 5-42 Interchangeability Control New section in this manual new
panel and Patient monitor option.
X 5-46 Model C40 Prerequisites and New section in this manual.
handling General information regarding
Model C40.
X 5-48 Functional check of backup gas New section in this manual.
supply Information regarding functional
checks of the optional backup gas
supply.
X 6-3 Troubleshooting System Information adapted to new and
Checkout changed tests in the System
Checkout procedure (pages 6-3
6-39).
X 6-40 Troubleshooting gas analyzers Information clarified.
X 6-41 Technical Error codes New layout to avoid fold-out pages
(pages 6-41 6-78).
X 6-49 Technical Error codes TE 59 and TE 60: Information
clarified.
X 6-52 Technical Error codes TE 77: Information clarified.
X 6-70 Technical Error codes TE 922 and TE 972: Information
clarified.
X 7-14 AFGO leakage check New check included in Preventive
Maintenance.
X 7-15 Backup gas trolley and Backup Information extended to cover
gas holder Backup gas holder.
New check of gas tube
connections included.
X 10-8 Service & Settings menu New version of the diagram,
adapted to System version 1.2.
Previously included in chapter 5.
Service procedures.
X 10-9 FLOW-i System Overview New version of the System
Overview, adapted to System
version 1.2.
66 76 980_05 9-5

Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
System version 2.1.
X 2-6 Functional units AFGO valve is now an option.
X 2-9 Functional units New design of Oxygen connector
block.
X 2-10 Functional units System checkout valve removed.
X 2-14 Functional units AFGO valve is now an option.
X 2-17 Optional equipment New options added to the list.
X 2-19 Electronic subsystems Event logging removed from
Monitoring.
X 2-20 Electronic subsystems Event and Diagnostics logging
moved to Panel.
X 3-10 Gas control section EMV3 changed due to removal of
System checkout valve.
X 3-28 Connector block and Safety AFGO valve is now an option. The
valve valve is replaced by the Fresh gas
connector block.
X 3-56 Emergency manual New design of Oxygen connector
ventilation section block.
X 3-60 Emergency manual New design of Oxygen connector
ventilation section block.
X 3-61 System checkout System checkout valve removed.
X 3-83 AFGO AFGO valve is now an option.
X 4-4 Replacing PC boards Information stored on PC boards
new table.
X 4-5 Special grease Information regarding special
grease rephrased.
X 5-4 System software installation Information updated and revised.
X 5-10 Logs New log structure. Information
previously not included in the
manual.
X 5-10 Tests New functions added. Information
manual.
X 5-15 Calibrations Calibration chapter re-structured
(pages 5-15 5-27).
X 5-17 Barometer Barometer calibration procedure
changed.
X 5-24 Patient O2 sensor Description of the calibration
procedure revised (extended).
66 76 980_05 9-6
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 5-28 Service functions New functions added. Information
manual.
X 5-29 Service report New functions added. Information
manual.
X 5-30 Startup configuration Information previously not included
in the manual.
X 5-29 Settings New functions added. Information
manual.
X 5-32 Leakage detection Chapter name changed from
Manual leakage check to
Leakage detection.
X 5-33 Test case 2 CO2 Absorber Note regarding compressible
volume added.
X 5-52 Maximum accessory Table updated.
configuration
X 5-59 Functional check of backup Note 1 new.
gas supply
X 6-2 General Chapter Troubleshooting is based
on System version 2.1.
X 6-3 System Checkout System checkout procedure
changed in System version 2.1.
Information chapter System
Checkout updated and re-
structured (pages 6-3 6-17).
X 6-18 Test results log The Test result logs are re-
structured and extended in System
version 2.1. Chapter Test results
log shows interpreting of the logs
(pages 6-18 6-20).
X 6-21 Test results log Test result log table with CFI-
number, Possible cause and
Recommended action (pages 6-21
6-119). Separate index on page
6-20.
X 6-120 Technical error codes and Technical error code table updated
messages (pages 6-121 6-160).
Information is changed/new for the
following TE-codes:
16
24
27
29
57
69
70
77
83
88
66 76 980_05 9-7
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
510
512
516
606
900 976. Vaporizer log
information revised.
X 7-2 Required equipment Information regarding special
grease rephrased.
X 10-8 Service & Settings menu New version of the diagram,
adapted to System version 2.1.
X 10-9 FLOW-i System Overview System Overview for FLOW-i units
with S/N below 1500.
X 10-0 FLOW-i System Overview System Overview for FLOW-i units
with S/N above 1500.
66 76 980_05 9-8

Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
System version 2.2.
X 2-5 Functional units Improved fresh gas sampling
including Fresh gas filter.
X 2-6 Functional units (and Fresh gas connector block on units
throughout the manual) with S/N above 1500 not
implemented, information removed.
X 2-9 Functional units (and New Oxygen connector block on
throughout the manual) units with S/N above 1500 not
X 3-3 Pneumatic valves default Notes 2 and 3 removed (related to
position EMV18 and PV8).
X 3-16 Oscillation filter Oscillation filter in O2 supply
described.
X 3-16 O2 Flush valve FLOW-i stops cycling during O2
Flush.
X 3-20 Fresh gas filter The improved fresh gas sampling
includes the Fresh gas filter.
X 3-21 Control gas analyzer Changed sampling due to the
sampling point improved fresh gas sampling.
X 3-28 Safety valve Fresh gas connector block on units
with S/N above 1500 not
X 3-36 Gas analyzer section Service Software information
corrected.
X 3-41 Sampling valves Changed sampling (S2) due to the
improved fresh gas sampling.
X 3-56 Emergency manual New Oxygen connector block on
ventilation section units with S/N above 1500 not
X 3-63 Control panel Control panel with LED backlight
(Control panel Version B)
introduced.
X 3-68 PC 1903 External Mounting of fuses F1 and F2.
connectors
X 3-83 AFGO valve AFGO valve delivered as an option
delayed, information removed.
X 3-90 Backup gas holder Information prepared to include an
optional O2 Backup Gas Holder.
X 4-4 Information stored on PC APL knob calibration value moved
boards to PC 1922.
66 76 980_05 9-9
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 4-8 Control panel Information adapted to Version B
(LED backlight)
X 5-4 System software installation Information adapted to the new
software installer.
X 5-8 System software installation Possible failures during software
installation clarified.
X 5-12 Logs Agent usage; new log in S&S.
X 5-13 Tests Fresh gas filter; new test in S&S.
X 5-14 Tests Leakage checks; Information
clarified. Reference to CFI
included.
X 5-17 Calibrations APL knob calibration changed;
values moved to a persistent
memory.
X 5-30 Startup configuration Sweep speed setting added.
X 5-30 Startup configuration N2O and Air cylinder check setting
added.
X 5-31 Startup configuration Function to remove checksum
errors on PC 1900 using the Reset
button in S&S added.
X 5-32 Leakage detection The Leakage detection procedure
completely restructured and
clarified (pages 5-33 5-43).
X 5-50 Replacing power backup Short-circuit warning added.
battery
X 5-54 Interchangeability Control Installation instructions for this
panel and Patient monitor option removed from the Service
Manual. Replaced by a separate
document.
X 6-12 System checkout Fresh gas filter test; new test in
System checkout.
X 6-15 System checkout O2 concentration and sampling
point check; changed test due to
the improved fresh gas sampling.
X X X 6-18 System checkout Test New and/or improved Test results
results log log (CFI logs). Major changes are
(pages 6-21 6-126):
6-21: CFI 2
6-52: CFI 23
6-59: CFI 3, 8
6-61: CFI 18, 19
6-62: CFI 23 25
6-82: CFI 1 5 (Fresh gas filter)
6-84: CFI 12
6-85: CFI 11
6-88: CFI 17, 18
6-89: CFI 19, 20
6-90: CFI 21
6-91: CFI 27
6-92: CFI 29, 31, 32
66 76 980_05 9 - 10
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
6-94 6-96: CFI 41 51
6-96: CFI 1
6-108: CFI 45 49
6-124 6-125: CFI 1 9 (AFGO
leakage test)
6-125 6-126: CFI 1 6
(Internal leakage test)
X X X 6-127 Technical error codes and New and/or improved Technical
messages Error (TE) codes. Major changes
are (pages 6-128 6-167):
6-130: TE 16
6-135: TE 53
6-136: TE 56, 58
6-140: TE 77
6-144: TE 506
6-145: TE 509, 511
X X 6-173 Other errors and remedies The system will not start up:
Changed possible causes and
remedies.
X X 6-174 Other errors and remedies The system will not run on power
backup battery: Changed
remedies.
X 7-7 Preventive maintenance Gas module maintenance:
Check of rubber seal and O-ring
added.
Check for moisture in filter
housing added.
X 7-14 Preventive maintenance Control panel of Version B (LED
backlight): Information added.
X 7-15 Preventive maintenance Gas analyzer section: Note
regarding System Checkout added.
X 7-15 Preventive maintenance Fresh gas filter check: New check
to be performed during
maintenance. Required due to the
improved fresh gas sampling.
X 10-8 Diagrams Service & Settings menu: New
functions added.
X X 10-9 Diagrams System Overview:
4. Fresh gas supply: Oscillating
filter added in diagram.
5. Vaporizer valve section:
Improved fresh gas sampling
including Fresh gas filter.
16. System checkout: Two
versions shown in diagram.
33. Backup gas holder:
Information prepared to include
an optional O2 Backup Gas
Holder.
66 76 980_05 9 - 11

Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 1-1 General Information regarding disabled/
removed Control Gas Analyzer
(CGA).
X 2-4 3. Gas control section EMV3 required.
X 2-5 5. Vaporizer valve section No fresh gas sampling.
X 2-7 9. Patient cassette docking No fresh gas sampling.
X 2-7 10. Gas analyzer section Disabled/removed CGA.
X 2-10 16. System checkout System checkout valve required.
X 3-2 Memory types used in Vaporizer software storage on
FLOW-i internal flash memory.
X 3-11 Pressure Supply Pilot Valves EMV3 required, text changed.
X 3-17 5. Vaporizer Valve Section CGA sampling point removed.
X 3-21 Control Gas Analyzer CGA sampling point removed.
sampling point
X 3-27 PC 1910 Vaporizer New vaporizer software installation
Controller Board procedure.
X 3-34 Patient Cassette Cover Changed information regarding
Nafion tubing.
X 3-35 Insp. And Exp. Sample Filter Changed information regarding
Holder Insp. sample filter and filter plugs.
X 3-36 10. Gas Analyzer Section Control Gas Analyzer information
3-42 changed due to the CGA removal.
The CGA functional description
removed.
X 3-54 Gas analyzer zero Calibration gas intake changed.
calibration gas intake
X 3-54 Bleed-flow devices Bleed-flow devices not correctly
described in previous manuals.
X 3-55 16. System checkout System checkout valve
reintroduced.
X 3-55 System Checkout Valve System checkout valve
reintroduced.
X 3-74 25. PC 1922 Panel MCare Remote Services,
information added.
Vaporizer software on
CompactFlash, information added.
X 3-74 25. PC 1922 Panel MCare Remote Services
information added
X 3-75 25. PC 1922 Panel FLOW-i Remote Services Adapter
added.
66 76 980_05 9 - 12
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 3-85 32. Backup Gas Trolley Note that the trolley must be
secured when not connected to
FLOW-i (tipping risk).
X 4-4 Information stored on PC PM counter stored on PC 1900.
boards
X 4-10 Covers Front door and vaporizer slot
housing design changed.
X 5-3 Service & Settings MCare Remote Services start
button.
X 5-5 Compatibility General text regarding compatibility
between System versions.
X 5-8 Vaporizer software New procedure for the separate
installation procedure vaporizer software installation.
X 5-10 Compatibility General text regarding compatibility
between System versions.
X 5-11 Software option installation Changed system behavior during
software option installation
X 5-15 Multiple pressure leakage The test in now adjusted and
working.
X 5-20 Gas analyzer Control Gas Analyzer disabled/
5-26 removed. Calibration of CGA AION
and O2 Sensor no longer required.
Information removed.
X 5-31 Settings Reset button for Agent usage
checksum errors.
X 5-32 Settings MCare remote Services network
configuration.
X 5-39 Test Case 9 Test result information clarified.
X 5-44 Test Case 15 Test result information clarified.
X 5-51 Replacing power backup New design of the battery
5-52 battery compartment.
X 6-2 Troubleshooting The following information is
6-19 extracted from the Service Manual
and published in a separate
manual intended only for personnel
trained and authorized by
MAQUET:
The complete list of System
Checkout failures (CFI codes)
including possible causes and
recommended actions.
The complete list of Technical
Error codes and messages (TE
codes) including possible causes
and recommended actions.
X 6-16 12. Gas analyzer test SCO test adapted to CGA removal.
6-16
X 6-17 14. Vaporizer 1 test Vaporizer final test adapted to
CGA removal.
66 76 980_05 9 - 13
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
X 7-2 Preventive Maintenance The Preventive Maintenance
7-18 procedure optimized (minor
adjustment in the complete
procedure).
X 7-7 Parts to be replaced An optional leakage test after
replacement of several parts
recommended.
X 7-8 C Patient cassette docking Note regarding filter plugs.
X 7-16 8. Gas analyzer section CGA check not required.
X 10-2 Compatibility New chapter regarding
compatibility between different
System versions.
X 10-9 Service & Settings Service & Settings menus adapted
10-10 to System version 3.0.
X 10-11 FLOW-i System Overview System Overview adapted to
System version 3.0.
66 76 980_05 9 - 14

Added:
New functionality released with System version 4.0.
Other new features.
Changed:
Changed functionality released with System version 4.0.
Other changed features.
Corrected: Corrections made due to printing errors or lack of information in the previous
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
x 2-7 11. CO2 Absorber Reusable CO2 Absorber.
x 2-16 32. Backup gas trolley and New option Backup gas rack. The
Backup gas rack Backup gas rack is mentioned
throughout the manual without
being listed in this revision
overview.
x 2-18 Optional equipment Several new options listed.
x 3-3 Pneumatic valves default Information clarified for
position EMV14/EMV16.
x 3-6 AGS Pressure Supply Pilot Valves
EMV28 no longer connected to
AGS.
x 3-11 3. Gas Control Section Pressure Supply Pilot Valves
EMV28 no longer connected to
AGS.
x 3-25 Vaporizer injector Injector specifications clarified.
x 3-27 PC 1914 Vaporizer Spray PC board name corrected.
LED
x 3-27 PC 1926 Vaporizer Spray PC board name corrected.
Detector
x 3-43 11. CO2 Absorber Information updated due to the
3-44 new reusable absorber.
x 3-54 Gas analyzer zero Information clarified.
calibration gas intake
x 3-67 PC 1938 Power Connection Fuse values clarified.
x 3-75 25. PC 1922 Panel Information regarding the FLOW-i
Remote Services Adapter clarified.
x 3-84 32. Backup gas trolley and New option Backup gas rack.
3-85 Backup gas rack New information regarding OV21
and OV22.
x 3-87 32. Backup gas holder New information regarding OV23.
x 5-9 Software option installation Sampling line pressure drop test
required after installation of AGC
option.
x 5-11 Service key Gas analyzer tool and Vaporizer
tool clarified. AGC tool added.
66 76 980_05 9 - 15
Corrected
Changed
Added
Page
Section Comment
x 5-14 Status S&S Status in S&S previously not
5-15 described.
x 5-24 Calibrations S&S Calibration requirements clarified
Gas analyzer (Note 1).
x 5-35 Startup configuration S&S Information regarding copying of
Startup configuration clarified
(Note 2).
x 5-38 Sampling line pressure drop New test required in order to run
test AGC.
x 5-60 Replacing power backup Procedure when replacing battery
5-62 battery on C40 described.
x 6-8 5. Gas supply pressure test Backup gas supply pressure test
clarified.
x 6-15 7. O2 concentration and PGA pressure drop test extended.
sampling point check
x 6-15 1. Initial battery test Clarification regarding Mains LED.
x 7-4 Preventive Maintenance New option Backup gas rack
7-18 included in the Preventive
Maintenance.
x 7-8 C Patient cassette docking Clarification regarding Nafion Line.
x 7-16 8. Gas Analyzer Section Sampling line pressure drop test
included in Preventive
Maintenance.
x 9-2 FLOW-i revision history This information is extended and
9-3 moved from chapter 10. Diagrams,
section Compatibility.
x 10-1 10. Diagrams Section Compatibility in previous
version moved to section FLOW-i
revision history in chapter 9.
Revision history.
x 10-2 PC 1900 Main back-plane PC 1900 diagrams updated.
10-7
x 10-9 Service & Settings menus Diagram updated regarding
changes in Startup configuration.
x 10-10 FLOW-i 4.0 System Updated diagram:
overview EVAC connection to Pressure
Supply Pilot Valves removed.
Control Gas Analyzer and CGA
sampling removed.
Control Panel section moved.
Remote Services Adapter
included.
AFGO Valve corrected.
Backup Gas Rack included
together with Backup Gas
Trolley.
Cylinder Gas One-way Valves
removed (OV21, OV22, OV23).
66 76 980_05 9 - 16
10. DIAGRAMS

10. Diagrams
perform installation, service or PC 1900 Main back-plane ...................... 10 - 2
PC board assembly ............................. 10 - 2
PC board circuit diagram ..................... 10 - 4
assembling. Refer to section 'Hazard Service & Settings menus ...................... 10 - 8
FLOW-i System Overview ...................... 10 - 10
User's Manual.
66 76 980_05 10 - 1
10. DIAGRAMS
66 76 980_05 10 - 8
10. DIAGRAMS
66 76 980_05 10 - 9
FLOW-i - System version 4.0 Date: 2014-05-04 System Overview
A B C D E F G H
XXX-
Xxxxx = Internal serial communication
PC 1900 Main Back-plane
26
Backup Gas Holder 33 To connector
P42 on PC 1903 Backup Gas Trolley/Rack Gas Control From AFGO Pilot
Valve EMV18
Manual Ventilation switch APL Vaporizer (VAP1) Vaporizer (VAP 2) XXX
Xnn = Connector on
MAN PC 1900 Main Back-plane
External Connectors Section 6 Vaporizer Drive Docking
6 Vaporizer Drive Docking
Pressure Regulator 32
O2 Cylinder Gas
N2O/O2 AUTO PC Lid Gas Filter Valve PC Lid Gas Filter Valve
Cylinder Gas Safety Fill 1931 Sensor Safety Fill 1931 Sensor
Cylinder Gas
N2O/O2 Cylinder Inlet Filter 3 Valve Valve Power On/Off and 21
Pressure
Gas Pressure P62 P70
PC1910 PC1910 Control Panel 18
P64
Transducer OV9 OV9
Regulator Pin Index Vaporizer Gas Vaporizer Vaporizer PC boards
P63
O2 Exp. Pressure Gas
Heating Foil Heating Foil
"8051"
REG23 Escape
1
REG21 PC 1907 Escape
"8051"
from Patient
CPU
SV21 T T I2C-
CPU
350 kPa 350 kPa Valve Drivers Pipe Pipe
Cylinder Gas O2 In 650 kPa Cassette P60 P61 P65 P66 From Absorber Sensor
Filter Vaporizing Filter Vaporizing Panel
I/O-port 001
Inlet Filter O2 Cylinder O2 Cylinder Gas
Gas Pressure Pe P67 Chamber IN Chamber IN Display/Touch E2Prom 001
Pin Index Safety Valve E2Prom 001 EMV2 PP3 N5 Alarm
profile
Gas Escape Pipe
Gas Escape Pipe

Transducer T T 120 Panel Vaporizer LEDs
Agent Gas Agent Gas
N2O/O2 P59 I/O port 001 Exp. Pressure NTC NTC P59
Transducer OUT OUT Start P217 PC 1927 O2 Flush P216
P58 ADC 00 Vaporizer Vaporizer CPU T Version A: Stop
Reset
N2O/O2 In SV23 N256 N257 N258 EMV3 PP4 Liquid PC 1914 PC 1926 PC 1914 PC 1926
PC 1912
PC 1913
PC 1912
PC 1913
Liquid With lamps
650 kPa O2 O2 N2O AIR P57 I/O port 000 Container VI Container VI
I2C-
Onboard P8
From O2
N2O/O2 Cylinder E P58 Trends
Flush Valve From
I2C Vap 1
PC 1916
I2C Vap 2
P56 ADC 01 Vaporizer Version B: Power
Gas Safety Valve Cylinder Pressure Connection PC 1781 Vaporizer E2Prom 000 Emergency
EMV4 PV5 Injector With LED Save End
Ventilation button
N2O connected in diagram P55 P69 E2Prom 111 Injector screen case
Power
AIR/N2O AIR/N2O Liquid Agent P SV2 Liquid Agent P SV2 PC 1925 Display CPU Switch
On LED
PC 1911
PC 1911
P57
N2O/O2 Cylinder Gas Cylinder Gas
Pressure Pressure
P54 I2C-
Panel
I2C-
Monitor
P50
MOD1 PV3
Filter
Vaporizer Vaporizer Filter Vaporizer Vaporizer P9 P10 Version A: P29
P53 EMV5 PV4 Drain Pressure Safety Valve Drain Pressure Safety Valve
Transducer Regulator Plug Backlight
I2C- Plug Transducer Transducer Inverter
P68
Patient Monitor Control P14
P56 Screen
Menu
P149 P151 P154 P153 P152
Mountings 34 Pin Index

AIR/N2O EMV6
PV1
PV2 PP1 Vaporizer 1
PP1 Locking Device
PP2 Vaporizer 2 P1 P4 Version B:
PC 1963
config.
Boot enable
switch
Mains LED
REG22 PP2 Locking Device
Vaporizer 2 Vaporizer 2 PC 1924 Backlight
Cylinder Gas 350 kPa P55 Vaporizer 1 Vaporizer 1 Vaporizer 1 Inverter PC 1928 Power On/Off
AIR/N2O In Inlet Filter SV22 P65
Pressure Inlet Valve Outlet Valve Inlet Valve Outlet Valve P2 Display
P3
P259
Pressure Supply Pilot Valves: N30 Connection
650 kPa EMV2 = Manual Ventilation Pilot Valve
EMV7 PP1 Valve
AIR/N2O Cylinder EMV3 = System Checkout Pilot Valve
Gas Safety Valve EMV4 = Vaporizer Bypass Pilot Valve P54 EMV9 P81 P30 P82 N1A
Vaporizer 1
AIR connected in diagram EMV5 = Vaporizer 2 Selection Pilot Valve EMV8 PP2 Scavenging PC 1909
2
EMV6 = Vaporizer 1 Selection Pilot Valve P66 Vaporizer Adapter N1B P1B P1A
Valve
AIR/N2O EMV7 = Vaporizer 1 Lock Pilot Valve
P53 PV1 PV2 PV3 PV4
EMV8 = Vaporizer 2 Lock Pilot Valve
PV3
PV4
PV1
PV2
CAN 1 P108
EMV10
Vaporizer 2 I2C- I2C-Onboard
To connector P42 on PC 1903 External Connectors PV2 E1 Pressure CPU E2Prom 000
P60 Exp.
Valve chan.
PV5
Instant O2 Supply Pressure
Lift 27 Gas Distribution Section 1 REG4 Pressure Regulator TestPoint 4
T4 V2 EMV11 Vaporizer 2 Gas Analyzer Section 10 I2C-
Monitor E2Pot 01
200 kPa PV5
Scavenging
Flush P61
Valve Vaporizer Bypass Valve Water trap Water trap Inspiratory
Sampling line receptacle Pressure
Lift REG3 O2 from Patient Pi
actuator Pilot Valve Pressure E2 W2
O2 200 kPa Cassette NTC
PC 1906
Regulators REG2/REG3 Pressure Test
Point 2/3
EMV12
5 Vaporizer Fresh Gas Filter Purge line
W3
Fresh Gas P111
Gas Block Drive Gas Drive T2/T3 Water
Pf
I2C- ADC 00 OV7

Safety Valve Gas
Fresh Gas to Vaporizer Valve Section Fresh Gas from Vaporizer P15 Trap W1
Pressure
from Fresh
AC/DC Detector Gas Supply
Monitor E2Prom 101 REG2 Pilot Valve
Converter SV3 240 kPa PV1
200 kPa Drive Gas
O2 Out F I
Zero calibration gas inlet PC 1781 PC 1781
AIR OV8 E2Prom 011 E2Prom 010
Cylinder Gas AIR
Supply OV4 P31 Patient Gas Analyzer AION
REG1 Vaporizer Pressure Vaporizer Exp. Pressure Insp. Pressure P50 P50
Regulator Drive Gas (MON) MOD2 MOD1
120 kPa To PC 1781 To PC 1781 Patient
on PC 1919
0 1
on PC 1907 O2 Sensor Insp. Pressure
Auxiliary 29 Pressure
Pressure Test
V1 Servomex 2
Fresh Gas Pressure
Transducer Transducer
Power O2 In Transducer
O2 2 Drive Gas Supply Section Point 1
T1
Pm1111E
3
O2
P110 PC 1919 Exp. Channel

Outlets W3
22
3
Central Gas Exp.
Pi
Supply P OV1 Reflector Gas Insp. W2 4
N2A
1A Sample
AUT. 2 A 1 T P Reflector Gas Supply 13
Pe
Filter Sample
R1
R3 5
Holder Filter P32 N2B P2B P2A
Patient Monitor NTC P48 R3 Holder Patient Gas Analyzer
N116
AIR Out Reflector Volume 12 S1
Filter
Gas Module
Cylinder Gas O2 I2C- Reflector E2Prom 000
Supply OV5 E2Pot 0111 1111
Valve
To con. P70
P103 P45 9 CAN 1 CPU I2C-Onboard
O2 Flush
N7 on PC 1907 P104
PC 1918 Patient PLD
PV7
Pressure Valve Drivers I2C-
Exp. Channel
Gas Inlets / Gas Outlets
2A
AUT. 4 A AIR In Transducer Connector Cassette Control 48 MB Flash
Power
Central Gas
AIR 2
T P Fresh Gas Supply 4 AFGO P46 Docking 19 Power Section I2C- I2C 128 MB SDRAM
Outlets P OV2 Pilot Valve LED Lamp Vap 1
Supply EMV18 Mux 1 MB SRAM
O2 Oscillation
Pressure Fresh Gas
Filter
Fresh Gas
AFGO
Valve PV7
28 Additional
Fresh Gas
From connector
P250 on Fuse 6.3 A AC/DC
I2C-
Vap 2
Battery
Filter
Power
Power 20 Transducer Module
I2C-
Pressure Volume AFGO AFGO Outlet PC 1938 Fuse 6.3 A Inlet PC 1920 Control
Connection Central N2O O2
E2Pot 0110 1110
Valve
Pf To PC 1781
on PC 1919
Reflector
Reflector
Mains connection 23
Gas AIR PC 1903 N3A
6A Supply P OV3 N8 Socket LED
Fresh Gas Safety Valve SV1 External Connectors
AUT. 12 A Reflector Gas Reflector Pressure Lamp N3B P3B P3A
Selector 117 cmH2O P40
Isolation To PC 1781 on PC 1900 P6A N6A Barometric
4
Transformer Pr P11 CAN 1
N2O In Gas Module Docking Cylinder NTC pressure
Pr P42
PC 1938 Pressure transducer
I2C- Serial
Control Panel Cable

P225 Mains Air/O2/N2O
Connection
Cylinder Gas
Supply OV6
To connector P217
on PC 1927 O2 Flush
Monitor 7 ADC 10
AC/DC
comm. 2 CPU PLD PS1
3 I2C-
I/O Port" 000" RS232-2 E2Prom 000
P223
P19
T P R Safety Valve Monitor Converter
Reflector PC 1781 E2Prom " 110" E2Pot 00
Pressure I2C-
Gas Inlet Filters and Transducer E2Prom 100 Battery Valve I2C I2C-Onboard
N253 P249 Fresh Gas P38
Backup Gas sense Mux
Filter
Module P50
Inlet Filters I2C- 48 MB Flash
N233 P18
OV1-OV3 = Gas Inlet One-way Valves
OV4-OV6 = Backup Gas Inlet One-way Valves
AIR I2C-
Valve O2 +
Oxygen
Connector
MOD1 Patient 8 R3 Pe S1 R1 Pi
Battery P39
Fuse F1 P6B N6B Monitor
128 MB SDRAM
AGSS E2Pot 0011 1011
N9
Block Cassette Fuse F2
I2C- 2 MB SRAM RTC
P250 O2 Flush Valve I2C- Exp. R3 Power
N235
Fuse F6 (EVAC) 4
N46
Exp. chan. Valve Buzzer Battery
T P E2Prom 00X
Fuse F5 High- PC 1921 Monitoring
N239 pressure System 16 Exp.
P16 24
Fuse F1 31 Bleed- PC 1917 TE
Exp. Channel Absorber Absorber OV11 Tacho
Fresh Gas flow Oxygen Checkout T Fan 1 sensor
N4
Filter
N243 Fuse F2 Cassette Inlet Outlet

Auxiliary O2 Module
N2O I2C-
Device Flow
Filter System
B A
Bypass Bypass N138 P4
Valve Valve
P247 P222 and E2Pot 0010 1010
Valve
PP4
Checkout
Actuator PP4
Expiratory
HA HB
Insp. CAN 1 N139

Suction N10
OV13 Test and Valve PV6
Outlet
One-way APL/PEEP Manual T Valve S1 R1 Pi
CAN 2
120
230 VAC Mains

Power
Module Oxygen Flow
One-way Valve
Plug Valve Valve Ventilation
Valve
Insp.
I2C-
120
CPU
110 VAC Expiratory Flow OV10
Inlet Transducer Panel
OV12
Exhaust I2C-Onboard
Ejector
Gas RS-232 (FCI 1) N137
Absorber Sensor
Filter
Auxiliary O2 P17 APL/PEEP 11 P = Pressure measuring point:
E2Prom 000
Input/Output ports
Silencer Valve Coil RS-232 (FCI 2) N136 ADC 00
PP3 Pe = Expiratory pressure
Pf = Fresh gas pressure LVDS 64 MB Flash
Mechanical N135
To AC/DC Power Inlet To connector P146 on O2 l/min. APL
Emergency
APL Actuator PP3 CO2 Pi = Inspiratory pressure
Pr = Reflector pressure FLOW-i VGA N134 128 MB SDRAM
RJ45
in External connectors PC 1923 Power Control
Suction
Manual Absorber R = Gas return point
Power backup battery Remote
Services USB N133
2 MB SRAM
Emergency 10 Ventilation S = Gas sampling point
O2 (from O2 Out) AIR (from AIR Out) PGA Gas analyzer zero Valve Adapter Battery
Power In Power Out Ventilation Switch Excess S1-R1 = Not used N132
calibration gas intake To connector
0
pressure
vent
Actuator
P67 on PC 1907
S2-R2 = Not used, not shown
S3-R3 = Patient Gas Analyzer
RJ12 (RJ45)
Ethernet
PC 1922 Panel 25
1 2 1 3 0 Valve Drivers S3
Y-piece measurement
Isolation 30 AGS Flow EVAC 17 I
T = Temperature measuring point N5A
Indicator
Transformer W1 - W3 = Water trap connections
N5B P5B P5A
REG5
Manual Fresh Gas to
Ventilation Safety Valve ADC 01
To connector P151 on Oxygen Flow Emergency APL
PC 1928 Power On/Off Pressure Regulator Bag I2C-
Low-pressure Power ADC 00
12 34 AFGO R2
Bleed-flow Device
Transformer Emergency Ventilation (located behind Vaporizer 2 O2 Flush P144 CPU T
6 Switching
Relay
Transformer
EVAC Reservoir slot locking handle)
Manual
Ventilation AFGO
PV7
PATIENT
From connector P249 on
P142
PLD
Emergency Manual Ventilation Section 15 Section 14 Valve
PV7
Fresh Gas from
Vaporizer
PC 1938 Mains connection P146 PC 1923 Power Control
NOTES
66 76 980_05
Maquet Critical Care AB, 2010-2014. All rights reserved. MAQUET reserves the right to modify the design and specifications contained herein without prior notice.
Order No.: 66 76 980. Revision 05, April 2014. Price group: 7.
Maquet Critical Care AB

Rntgenvgen 2
SE-171 54 Solna, Sweden
Phone: +46 8 730 73 00
GETINGE GROUP is a leading global provider of products and systems that
www.maquet.com contribute to quality enhancement and cost efficiency within healthcare and life
sciences. We operate under the three brands of ArjoHuntleigh, GETINGE and
For local contact: MAQUET. ArjoHuntleigh focuses on patient mobility and wound management
solutions. GETINGE provides solutions for infection control within healthcare and
Please visit our website
contamination prevention within life sciences. MAQUET specializes in solutions,
www.maquet.com therapies and products for surgical interventions and intensive care.

Service ServiceManualFLOWiv40 ServMan HiRes en

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Service ServiceManualFLOWiv40 ServMan HiRes en

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

FLOW-i Anesthesia System

4. Disassembling and assembling

Text inside a box is used to highlight important information.

WARNING! Do not modify this equipment without authorization of the

Symbols used in this manual

Recycling. Worn-out batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly in

WARNING! Indicates critical information about a potential serious outcome to the

CAUTION: Indicates instructions that must be followed in order to ensure the

Technical training. Refers to the Technical training supplied by MAQUET.

Service contract. Refers to the Service contract supplied by MAQUET.

Recycling. Worn-out batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly in

ESD sensitive components. When working with ESD sensitive components,

To the responsible service personnel

Only personnel trained and authorized by MAQUET shall be permitted to perform

ESD sensitive components. PC boards (spare parts) must always be kept in a

Components with special environmental concern

Metal total 70%

Polymeric material total 10%

Electronics total 20%

Others very small amounts

7 Patient tubing 1 According to

Operating mode and system configuration Power consumption Total power

Only personnel trained and authorized

After any installation, maintenance or Electronic block diagram ..................... 2 - 22

C20 C30 C40

Working surface/writing table Height adjustable Ceiling pendant

2. Drive Gas Supply Section

3. Gas Control Section

4. Fresh gas supply

5. Vaporizer valve section

7. Fresh gas safety valve

9. Patient cassette docking

The illustration shows a system without Insp.

10. Gas analyzer section

The illustration shows a system without Control

11. CO2 Absorber

12. Volume reflector

13. Reflector gas supply

14. Manual ventilation section

15. Emergency manual ventilation section

7. APL/PEEP valve coil.

16. System checkout

18. Control panel

19. Power section

20. Power connection

21. Power On/Off and Vaporizer PC boards

2225. PC board rack

26. PC 1900 Main back-plane

27. Lift (C30 only)

28. AFGO (option)

29. Auxiliary power outlets (option)

30. Isolation transformer (option)

31. Auxiliary O2 and suction module

32. Backup gas trolley and Backup gas rack

Backup gas trolley

Backup gas rack

33. Backup gas holder (option)

34. Patient monitor mountings (option)

Electronic block diagram

Only personnel trained and authorized

Memory types used in FLOW-i

Pneumatic component abbreviations

Pneumatic valves default position